summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/packages/psmisc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKoen Kooi <koen@openembedded.org>2005-06-30 08:19:37 +0000
committerOpenEmbedded Project <openembedded-devel@lists.openembedded.org>2005-06-30 08:19:37 +0000
commitc8e5702127e507e82e6f68a4b8c546803accea9d (patch)
tree00583491f40ecc640f2b28452af995e3a63a09d7 /packages/psmisc
parent87ec8ca4d2e2eb4d1c1e1e1a6b46a395d56805b9 (diff)
import clean BK tree at cset 1.3670
Diffstat (limited to 'packages/psmisc')
-rw-r--r--packages/psmisc/.mtn2git_empty0
-rw-r--r--packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/.mtn2git_empty0
-rw-r--r--packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/gettext.patch18062
-rw-r--r--packages/psmisc/psmisc_20.2.bb31
4 files changed, 18093 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/packages/psmisc/.mtn2git_empty b/packages/psmisc/.mtn2git_empty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69de29bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/psmisc/.mtn2git_empty
diff --git a/packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/.mtn2git_empty b/packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/.mtn2git_empty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69de29bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/.mtn2git_empty
diff --git a/packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/gettext.patch b/packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/gettext.patch
index e69de29bb2..971850f489 100644
--- a/packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/gettext.patch
+++ b/packages/psmisc/psmisc-20.2/gettext.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,18062 @@
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/ABOUT-NLS psmisc-20.2.works.clean/ABOUT-NLS
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/ABOUT-NLS 2001-04-13 23:00:47.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/ABOUT-NLS 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
+ Notes on the Free Translation Project
+ *************************************
+
+- Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project
+-is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
++Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is
++a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+ together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+ A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
+
+@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
+ Quick configuration advice
+ ==========================
+
+- If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
++If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
+ should configure it using
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+@@ -48,10 +48,10 @@
+ INSTALL Matters
+ ===============
+
+- Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+-programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
+-Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
+-ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
++Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs
++they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such
++packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to
++internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
+
+ By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
+ messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
+@@ -98,18 +98,27 @@
+ Using This Package
+ ==================
+
+- As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
++As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
+ only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
+-ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the
+-package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the
+-shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
+-`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash'). This
+-can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
++`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
++and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
++suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
++prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
++`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
++This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
++all.
+
+- Some languages have dialects in different countries. To specify
+-such a dialect, the notation `LL_CC' can be used, which combines an
+-ISO 639 language code `LL' and an ISO 3166 two-letter country code
+-`CC'. For example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil.
++ You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
++But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
++example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
++country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
++
++ The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the
++language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based
++on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are
++used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of
++locales supported by your system for your country by running the command
++`locale -a | grep '^LL''.
+
+ Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
+ English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
+@@ -120,12 +129,25 @@
+ set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+ system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+ read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+-available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
++available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
++
++ Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian
++bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the
++transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are
++installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended
++for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and
++older translations are used.
++
++ In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
++environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
++to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
++to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
++(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
+
+ Translating Teams
+ =================
+
+- For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
++For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+ people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
+ able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
+ Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
+@@ -155,99 +177,559 @@
+ Available Packages
+ ==================
+
+- Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
+-matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of July
+-2000. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
++Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
++matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of January
++2004. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+ PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+ translation percentage of at least 50%.
+
+- Ready PO files bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl hr id it
+- .----------------------------------------------.
+- a2ps | [] [] |
+- bash | [] [] [] |
+- bison | [] [] [] [] |
+- clisp | [] [] [] [] |
+- cpio | [] [] [] |
+- diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+- enscript | [] [] |
+- error | [] |
+- fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- flex | [] [] |
+- gcal | |
+- gcc | |
+- gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- gnupg | [] [] [] [] |
+- grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- id-utils | [] |
+- indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
+- libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- lilypond | |
+- lynx | [] [] [] |
+- m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- make | [] [] [] [] |
+- music | [] |
+- parted | [] [] |
+- ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- python | |
+- recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
+- textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- util-linux | |
+- wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] |
+- wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+- `----------------------------------------------'
+- bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl hr id it
+- 1 14 15 28 11 1 4 19 12 1 30 16 0 3 12
++ Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es
++ +----------------------------------------------------+
++ a2ps | [] [] [] [] |
++ aegis | () |
++ ant-phone | () |
++ anubis | |
++ ap-utils | |
++ aspell | [] |
++ bash | [] [] [] [] |
++ batchelor | |
++ bfd | [] [] |
++ binutils | [] [] |
++ bison | [] [] [] |
++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] |
++ clisp | |
++ clisp | [] [] [] |
++ console-tools | [] [] |
++ coreutils | [] [] [] [] |
++ cpio | [] [] [] |
++ darkstat | [] () [] |
++ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ e2fsprogs | [] [] [] |
++ enscript | [] [] [] [] |
++ error | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] [] |
++ fileutils | [] [] [] |
++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ flex | [] [] [] [] |
++ fslint | |
++ gas | [] |
++ gawk | [] [] [] [] |
++ gbiff | [] |
++ gcal | [] |
++ gcc | [] [] |
++ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] |
++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gettext-tools | [] [] [] |
++ gimp-print | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gliv | |
++ glunarclock | [] [] |
++ gnubiff | [] |
++ gnucash | [] () [] [] |
++ gnucash-glossary | [] () [] |
++ gnupg | [] () [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-aerial | [] |
++ gpe-beam | [] [] |
++ gpe-calendar | [] [] |
++ gpe-clock | [] [] |
++ gpe-conf | [] [] |
++ gpe-contacts | [] [] |
++ gpe-edit | [] |
++ gpe-go | [] |
++ gpe-login | [] [] |
++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] |
++ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
++ gpe-su | [] [] |
++ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] |
++ gpe-timesheet | [] |
++ gpe-today | [] [] |
++ gpe-todo | [] [] |
++ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] |
++ gprof | [] [] [] |
++ gpsdrive | () () () |
++ gramadoir | [] |
++ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gretl | [] |
++ gtick | [] () |
++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ id-utils | [] [] |
++ indent | [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166_2 | |
++ iso_3166_3 | [] |
++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_639 | |
++ jpilot | [] [] [] |
++ jtag | |
++ jwhois | [] |
++ kbd | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ latrine | () |
++ ld | [] [] |
++ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ libgpewidget | [] [] |
++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ lifelines | [] () |
++ lilypond | [] |
++ lingoteach | |
++ lingoteach_lessons | () () |
++ lynx | [] [] [] [] |
++ m4 | [] [] [] [] |
++ mailutils | [] [] |
++ make | [] [] [] |
++ man-db | [] () [] [] () |
++ minicom | [] [] [] |
++ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] |
++ nano | [] () [] [] [] |
++ nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] |
++ opcodes | [] |
++ parted | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ python | |
++ radius | [] |
++ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ rpm | [] [] |
++ screem | |
++ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ sh-utils | [] [] [] |
++ shared-mime-info | |
++ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ silky | () |
++ skencil | [] () [] |
++ sketch | [] () [] |
++ soundtracker | [] [] [] |
++ sp | [] |
++ tar | [] [] [] [] |
++ texinfo | [] [] [] |
++ textutils | [] [] [] [] |
++ tin | () () |
++ tp-robot | |
++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ unicode-han-tra... | |
++ unicode-transla... | |
++ util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ vorbis-tools | [] [] [] [] |
++ wastesedge | () |
++ wdiff | [] [] [] [] |
++ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ xchat | [] [] [] [] |
++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] |
++ xpad | [] |
++ +----------------------------------------------------+
++ af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es
++ 4 0 0 1 9 4 1 40 41 60 78 17 1 5 13 68
+
+- ja ko lv nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv zh
+- .-------------------------------------------.
+- a2ps | [] [] [] | 5
+- bash | | 3
+- bison | [] [] [] | 7
+- clisp | [] | 5
+- cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 8
+- diffutils | [] [] [] | 8
+- enscript | [] [] | 4
+- error | | 1
+- fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+- findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
+- flex | [] [] [] | 5
+- gcal | | 0
+- gcc | [] | 1
+- gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
+- gnupg | [] [] [] | 7
+- grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+- hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
+- id-utils | [] [] [] | 4
+- indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 10
+- libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
+- lilypond | [] [] | 2
+- lynx | [] [] [] [] | 7
+- m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | 11
+- make | [] [] [] [] [] | 9
+- music | [] | 2
+- parted | [] [] [] [] | 6
+- ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 13
+- python | | 0
+- recode | [] [] [] | 10
+- sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14
+- sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
+- sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 10
+- tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
+- texinfo | [] [] | 6
+- textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
+- util-linux | [] | 1
+- wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | 10
+- wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+- `-------------------------------------------'
+- 28 teams ja ko lv nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv zh
+- 38 domains 20 8 0 25 6 18 1 16 27 9 10 20 3 330
++ et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg
++ +-------------------------------------------------+
++ a2ps | [] [] [] () () |
++ aegis | |
++ ant-phone | [] |
++ anubis | [] |
++ ap-utils | [] |
++ aspell | [] [] |
++ bash | [] [] |
++ batchelor | [] [] |
++ bfd | [] |
++ binutils | [] [] |
++ bison | [] [] [] [] |
++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ clisp | |
++ clisp | [] |
++ console-tools | |
++ coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ cpio | [] [] [] [] |
++ darkstat | () [] [] [] |
++ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ e2fsprogs | |
++ enscript | [] [] |
++ error | [] [] [] [] |
++ fetchmail | [] |
++ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ flex | [] [] [] |
++ fslint | [] |
++ gas | [] |
++ gawk | [] [] [] |
++ gbiff | [] |
++ gcal | [] |
++ gcc | [] |
++ gettext | [] [] [] |
++ gettext-examples | [] [] |
++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gettext-tools | [] [] [] |
++ gimp-print | [] [] |
++ gliv | () |
++ glunarclock | [] [] [] [] |
++ gnubiff | [] |
++ gnucash | () [] |
++ gnucash-glossary | [] |
++ gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-aerial | [] |
++ gpe-beam | [] |
++ gpe-calendar | [] [] [] |
++ gpe-clock | [] |
++ gpe-conf | [] |
++ gpe-contacts | [] [] |
++ gpe-edit | [] [] |
++ gpe-go | [] |
++ gpe-login | [] [] |
++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] |
++ gpe-sketchbook | [] |
++ gpe-su | [] |
++ gpe-taskmanager | [] |
++ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] |
++ gpe-today | [] [] |
++ gpe-todo | [] [] |
++ gphoto2 | [] [] [] |
++ gprof | [] [] |
++ gpsdrive | () () () |
++ gramadoir | [] [] |
++ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gretl | [] [] |
++ gtick | [] [] [] |
++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ id-utils | [] [] [] [] |
++ indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166_2 | |
++ iso_3166_3 | |
++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_639 | |
++ jpilot | [] () |
++ jtag | [] |
++ jwhois | [] [] [] [] |
++ kbd | [] |
++ latrine | [] |
++ ld | [] |
++ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] |
++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ lifelines | () |
++ lilypond | [] |
++ lingoteach | [] [] |
++ lingoteach_lessons | |
++ lynx | [] [] [] [] |
++ m4 | [] [] [] [] |
++ mailutils | |
++ make | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ man-db | () () |
++ minicom | [] [] [] [] |
++ mysecretdiary | [] [] |
++ nano | [] [] [] [] |
++ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] |
++ opcodes | [] |
++ parted | [] [] [] |
++ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ python | |
++ radius | [] |
++ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ rpm | [] [] |
++ screem | |
++ scrollkeeper | [] |
++ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] |
++ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ silky | () [] () () |
++ skencil | [] |
++ sketch | [] |
++ soundtracker | [] [] |
++ sp | [] () |
++ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
++ textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ tin | [] () |
++ tp-robot | [] |
++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ unicode-han-tra... | |
++ unicode-transla... | [] [] |
++ util-linux | [] [] [] [] () [] |
++ vorbis-tools | [] |
++ wastesedge | () |
++ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ xchat | [] [] [] |
++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] |
++ xpad | [] [] |
++ +-------------------------------------------------+
++ et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg
++ 22 2 1 26 106 28 24 8 10 41 33 1 26 33 12 0
++
++ lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru
++ +-----------------------------------------------------+
++ a2ps | [] [] () () [] [] [] |
++ aegis | () () () |
++ ant-phone | [] [] |
++ anubis | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ ap-utils | [] () [] |
++ aspell | [] |
++ bash | [] [] [] |
++ batchelor | [] |
++ bfd | [] |
++ binutils | [] |
++ bison | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] |
++ clisp | |
++ clisp | [] |
++ console-tools | [] |
++ coreutils | [] [] |
++ cpio | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ darkstat | [] [] [] [] |
++ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ e2fsprogs | [] |
++ enscript | [] [] [] [] |
++ error | [] [] [] |
++ fetchmail | [] [] () [] |
++ fileutils | [] [] [] |
++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ flex | [] [] [] [] |
++ fslint | [] [] |
++ gas | |
++ gawk | [] [] [] |
++ gbiff | [] [] |
++ gcal | |
++ gcc | |
++ gettext | [] [] [] |
++ gettext-examples | [] [] [] |
++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] |
++ gettext-tools | [] [] |
++ gimp-print | [] |
++ gliv | [] [] [] |
++ glunarclock | [] [] [] [] |
++ gnubiff | [] |
++ gnucash | [] [] () [] |
++ gnucash-glossary | [] [] |
++ gnupg | [] |
++ gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-go | [] [] [] |
++ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-su | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] |
++ gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] |
++ gphoto2 | [] |
++ gprof | [] [] |
++ gpsdrive | () () [] |
++ gramadoir | () [] |
++ grep | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ gretl | |
++ gtick | [] [] [] |
++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ id-utils | [] [] [] [] |
++ indent | [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] |
++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] |
++ iso_3166_2 | |
++ iso_3166_3 | [] |
++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ iso_639 | [] |
++ jpilot | () () |
++ jtag | |
++ jwhois | [] [] [] [] () |
++ kbd | [] [] [] |
++ latrine | [] |
++ ld | |
++ libc | [] [] [] [] |
++ libgpewidget | [] [] [] |
++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ lifelines | |
++ lilypond | |
++ lingoteach | |
++ lingoteach_lessons | |
++ lynx | [] [] [] |
++ m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ mailutils | [] [] [] |
++ make | [] [] [] [] |
++ man-db | [] |
++ minicom | [] [] [] [] |
++ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] |
++ nano | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ opcodes | [] [] |
++ parted | [] [] [] [] |
++ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ python | |
++ radius | [] [] |
++ recode | [] [] [] [] |
++ rpm | [] [] [] |
++ screem | |
++ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ sed | [] [] [] |
++ sh-utils | [] [] |
++ shared-mime-info | [] [] |
++ sharutils | [] [] |
++ silky | () |
++ skencil | [] [] |
++ sketch | [] [] |
++ soundtracker | |
++ sp | |
++ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
++ textutils | [] [] |
++ tin | |
++ tp-robot | [] |
++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
++ unicode-han-tra... | |
++ unicode-transla... | |
++ util-linux | [] [] [] |
++ vorbis-tools | [] [] [] |
++ wastesedge | |
++ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] |
++ wget | [] [] [] |
++ xchat | [] [] [] |
++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] |
++ xpad | [] [] |
++ +-----------------------------------------------------+
++ lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru
++ 1 2 0 3 12 0 10 69 6 7 1 40 26 36 76 63
++
++ sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu
++ +-----------------------------------------------------+
++ a2ps | [] [] [] [] | 16
++ aegis | | 0
++ ant-phone | | 3
++ anubis | [] [] | 9
++ ap-utils | () | 3
++ aspell | | 4
++ bash | | 9
++ batchelor | | 3
++ bfd | [] [] | 6
++ binutils | [] [] [] | 8
++ bison | [] [] | 14
++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] | 14
++ clisp | | 0
++ clisp | | 5
++ console-tools | | 3
++ coreutils | [] [] [] [] | 16
++ cpio | [] [] | 14
++ darkstat | [] [] [] () () | 12
++ diffutils | [] [] [] | 23
++ e2fsprogs | [] [] | 6
++ enscript | [] [] | 12
++ error | [] [] [] | 15
++ fetchmail | [] [] | 11
++ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 17
++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29
++ flex | [] [] | 13
++ fslint | | 3
++ gas | [] | 3
++ gawk | [] [] | 12
++ gbiff | | 4
++ gcal | [] [] | 4
++ gcc | [] | 4
++ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | 16
++ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22
++ gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14
++ gimp-print | [] [] | 10
++ gliv | | 3
++ glunarclock | [] [] [] | 13
++ gnubiff | | 3
++ gnucash | [] [] | 9
++ gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | 8
++ gnupg | [] [] [] [] | 17
++ gpe-aerial | [] | 7
++ gpe-beam | [] | 8
++ gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | 13
++ gpe-clock | [] [] [] | 10
++ gpe-conf | [] [] | 9
++ gpe-contacts | [] [] [] | 11
++ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 12
++ gpe-go | | 5
++ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 13
++ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 9
++ gpe-su | [] [] [] | 10
++ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | 10
++ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 12
++ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
++ gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | 12
++ gphoto2 | [] [] [] | 11
++ gprof | [] [] | 9
++ gpsdrive | [] [] | 3
++ gramadoir | [] | 5
++ grep | [] [] [] [] | 26
++ gretl | | 3
++ gtick | | 7
++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 34
++ id-utils | [] [] | 12
++ indent | [] [] [] [] | 21
++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27
++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] | 16
++ iso_3166_2 | | 0
++ iso_3166_3 | | 2
++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
++ iso_639 | | 1
++ jpilot | [] [] [] [] [] | 9
++ jtag | [] | 2
++ jwhois | () [] [] | 11
++ kbd | [] [] | 11
++ latrine | | 2
++ ld | [] [] | 5
++ libc | [] [] [] [] | 20
++ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | 13
++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27
++ lifelines | [] | 2
++ lilypond | [] | 3
++ lingoteach | | 2
++ lingoteach_lessons | () | 0
++ lynx | [] [] [] | 14
++ m4 | [] [] | 15
++ mailutils | | 5
++ make | [] [] [] | 16
++ man-db | [] | 5
++ minicom | | 11
++ mysecretdiary | [] [] | 10
++ nano | [] [] [] [] | 17
++ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 17
++ opcodes | [] [] | 6
++ parted | [] [] [] | 15
++ ptx | [] [] | 22
++ python | | 0
++ radius | | 4
++ recode | [] [] [] | 20
++ rpm | [] [] | 9
++ screem | [] [] | 2
++ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | 15
++ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
++ sh-utils | [] [] | 14
++ shared-mime-info | [] [] | 7
++ sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 17
++ silky | () | 3
++ skencil | [] | 6
++ sketch | [] | 6
++ soundtracker | [] [] | 7
++ sp | [] | 3
++ tar | [] [] [] [] [] | 24
++ texinfo | [] [] [] | 14
++ textutils | [] [] [] [] | 16
++ tin | | 1
++ tp-robot | | 2
++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] | 29
++ unicode-han-tra... | | 0
++ unicode-transla... | | 2
++ util-linux | [] [] | 15
++ vorbis-tools | | 8
++ wastesedge | | 0
++ wdiff | [] [] [] | 18
++ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
++ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] | 15
++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] [] [] [] | 11
++ xpad | | 5
++ +-----------------------------------------------------+
++ 63 teams sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu
++ 131 domains 47 19 28 83 0 0 59 13 1 1 11 0 22 22 0 1373
+
+ Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
+ visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
+@@ -260,7 +742,7 @@
+ lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
+ distribution.
+
+- If July 2000 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
++ If January 2004 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
+ this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
+ matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+ `http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
+@@ -268,15 +750,17 @@
+ Using `gettext' in new packages
+ ===============================
+
+- If you are writing a freely available program and want to
++If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+ internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+-package. Of course the GNU Public License applies to your sources from
+-then if you include `gettext' directly in your distribution on but
+-since you are writing free software anyway this is no restriction.
++package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
++License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
++in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
++library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
++library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
+
+- Once the sources are change appropriately and the setup can handle to
+-use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The Free
+-Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
++ Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
++the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
++Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+ developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
+ applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
+ `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/ChangeLog psmisc-20.2.works.clean/ChangeLog
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/ChangeLog 2001-10-17 17:43:07.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/ChangeLog 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,3 +1,35 @@
++2004-10-13 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
++
++ * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add intl.
++ (EXTRA_DIST): Add config.rpath.
++ * configure.in (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add intl/Makefile.
++
++2004-10-13 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
++
++ * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add intl.
++ * configure.in (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add intl/Makefile.
++
++2004-10-13 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
++
++ * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add intl.
++ * configure.in (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add intl/Makefile.
++
++2004-10-13 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
++
++ * configure.in (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add po/Makefile.in.
++
++2004-10-13 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
++
++ * configure.in (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add intl/Makefile.
++
++2004-10-13 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
++
++ * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Remove intl.
++ (ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): New variable.
++ (EXTRA_DIST): Add config.rpath.
++ * configure.in (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add m4/Makefile.
++ (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Remove intl/Makefile.
++
+ Changes in 20.2 (18-OCT-2001)
+ =============================
+ - Added NLS/gettext
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/ChangeLog~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/ChangeLog~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/Makefile.am psmisc-20.2.works.clean/Makefile.am
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/Makefile.am 2001-06-12 19:49:47.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/Makefile.am 2004-10-13 15:19:08.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
++SUBDIRS = intl po doc src
+
+-SUBDIRS = doc intl src po
++EXTRA_DIST= config.rpath config.rpath ABOUT-NLS
+
+-EXTRA_DIST=ABOUT-NLS
++ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/Makefile.am~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/Makefile.am~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/Makefile.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/Makefile.in
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/aclocal.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/aclocal.m4
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/autom4te.cache/output.0 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/autom4te.cache/output.0
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/autom4te.cache/output.1 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/autom4te.cache/output.1
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/autom4te.cache/output.2 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/autom4te.cache/output.2
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/autom4te.cache/requests psmisc-20.2.works.clean/autom4te.cache/requests
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/autom4te.cache/traces.0 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/autom4te.cache/traces.0
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/autom4te.cache/traces.1 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/autom4te.cache/traces.1
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/autom4te.cache/traces.2 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/autom4te.cache/traces.2
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/config.guess psmisc-20.2.works.clean/config.guess
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/config.h.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/config.h.in
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/config.rpath psmisc-20.2.works.clean/config.rpath
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/config.sub psmisc-20.2.works.clean/config.sub
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/configure psmisc-20.2.works.clean/configure
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/configure.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/configure.in
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/configure.in 2001-06-15 07:21:07.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/configure.in 2004-10-13 15:19:18.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+-AC_INIT(src/comm.h)
++AC_INIT
++AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/comm.h])
+ AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+ AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(psmisc,20.2)
+
+@@ -23,7 +24,15 @@
+ AC_C_CONST
+ AC_TYPE_PID_T
+ AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+-AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
++AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],[AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV:
++ your code should no longer depend upon `HAVE_ST_RDEV', but
++ `HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV'. Remove this warning and
++ the `AC_DEFINE' when you adjust the code.])
++AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev],[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ST_RDEV, 1,
++ [Define to 1 if your `struct stat' has `st_rdev'.
++ Deprecated, use `HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV'
++ instead.])])
++
+ AC_TYPE_UID_T
+
+ dnl Check for language stuff
+@@ -33,4 +42,5 @@
+ dnl Checks for library functions.
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strdup strerror strtoul)
+
+-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile doc/Makefile src/Makefile intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in)
++AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile doc/Makefile src/Makefile po/Makefile.in m4/Makefile intl/Makefile intl/libgnuintl.h ])
++AC_OUTPUT
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/configure.in~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/configure.in~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/depcomp psmisc-20.2.works.clean/depcomp
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/doc/Makefile.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/doc/Makefile.in
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/doc/Makefile.in 2001-10-17 17:49:50.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/doc/Makefile.in 2004-10-13 15:20:17.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
+-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p4 from Makefile.am
++# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.8.4 from Makefile.am.
++# @configure_input@
+
+-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
++# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+ # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+ # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+@@ -10,111 +12,192 @@
+ # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+ # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+-
+-SHELL = @SHELL@
+-
++@SET_MAKE@
+ srcdir = @srcdir@
+ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+ VPATH = @srcdir@
+-prefix = @prefix@
+-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+-
+-bindir = @bindir@
+-sbindir = @sbindir@
+-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+-datadir = @datadir@
+-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+-libdir = @libdir@
+-infodir = @infodir@
+-mandir = @mandir@
+-includedir = @includedir@
+-oldincludedir = /usr/include
+-
+-DESTDIR =
+-
+ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+-
+ top_builddir = ..
+-
+-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+-
++am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS)
+-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+-transform = @program_transform_name@
+-
++install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
++install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
++install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
++INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
++transform = $(program_transform_name)
+ NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+ PRE_INSTALL = :
+ POST_INSTALL = :
+ NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+ PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+ POST_UNINSTALL = :
+-host_alias = @host_alias@
+ host_triplet = @host@
++subdir = doc
++DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
++ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
++am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
++am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
++ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
++mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
++CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
++CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
++SOURCES =
++DIST_SOURCES =
++man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
++am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
++NROFF = nroff
++MANS = $(man_MANS)
++DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
++ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
++ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
++AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
++AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
++AMTAR = @AMTAR@
++AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
++AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
++AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
++AWK = @AWK@
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+-CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+ CC = @CC@
++CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
++CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+ CPP = @CPP@
++CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
++CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+-GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
++DEFS = @DEFS@
++DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
++ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
++ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
++ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
++EGREP = @EGREP@
++EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
++GENCAT = @GENCAT@
++GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
++HAVE_ASPRINTF = @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
++HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF = @HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
++HAVE_SNPRINTF = @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
++HAVE_WPRINTF = @HAVE_WPRINTF@
++INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
++INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
++INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
++INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
++INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+ INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
++LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
++LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
++LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
++LIBS = @LIBS@
++LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
++LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
++LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
++MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
++OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+-POFILES = @POFILES@
++PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
++PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
++PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
++PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
++PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
++PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+ POSUB = @POSUB@
+ RANLIB = @RANLIB@
++SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
++SHELL = @SHELL@
++STRIP = @STRIP@
+ TERMCAP_LIB = @TERMCAP_LIB@
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+ VERSION = @VERSION@
+-
++XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
++ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
++ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
++ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
++am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
++am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
++am__include = @am__include@
++am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
++am__quote = @am__quote@
++bindir = @bindir@
++build = @build@
++build_alias = @build_alias@
++build_cpu = @build_cpu@
++build_os = @build_os@
++build_vendor = @build_vendor@
++datadir = @datadir@
++exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
++host = @host@
++host_alias = @host_alias@
++host_cpu = @host_cpu@
++host_os = @host_os@
++host_vendor = @host_vendor@
++includedir = @includedir@
++infodir = @infodir@
++install_sh = @install_sh@
++libdir = @libdir@
++libexecdir = @libexecdir@
++localstatedir = @localstatedir@
++mandir = @mandir@
++mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
++oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
++prefix = @prefix@
++program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
++sbindir = @sbindir@
++sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
++sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
++target_alias = @target_alias@
+ man_MANS = fuser.1 killall.1 pidof.1 pstree.1
+-
+ EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)
+-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+-CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
+-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+-man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+-MANS = $(man_MANS)
+-
+-NROFF = nroff
+-DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
+-
+-
+-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
++all: all-am
+
+-TAR = tar
+-GZIP_ENV = --best
+-all: all-redirect
+ .SUFFIXES:
+-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+- cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps doc/Makefile
+-
+-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+- cd $(top_builddir) \
+- && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
++$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
++ @for dep in $?; do \
++ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
++ *$$dep*) \
++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
++ && exit 0; \
++ exit 1;; \
++ esac; \
++ done; \
++ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/Makefile'; \
++ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
++ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/Makefile
++.PRECIOUS: Makefile
++Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
++ @case '$?' in \
++ *config.status*) \
++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
++ *) \
++ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
++ esac;
+
++$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+-install-man1:
+- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)
+- @list='$(man1_MANS)'; \
+- l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do \
++$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
++$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
++uninstall-info-am:
++install-man1: $(man1_MANS) $(man_MANS)
++ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
++ test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
++ @list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
++ l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
++ for i in $$l2; do \
+ case "$$i" in \
+ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+ esac; \
+@@ -123,112 +206,158 @@
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
+ else file=$$i; fi; \
+ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
++ case "$$ext" in \
++ 1*) ;; \
++ *) ext='1' ;; \
++ esac; \
+ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
++ inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \
++ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+ done
+-
+ uninstall-man1:
+- @list='$(man1_MANS)'; \
+- l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do \
++ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
++ @list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
++ l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
++ for i in $$l2; do \
+ case "$$i" in \
+ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
++ case "$$ext" in \
++ 1*) ;; \
++ *) ext='1' ;; \
++ esac; \
+ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
++ inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+- echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \
++ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
++ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+ done
+-install-man: $(MANS)
+- @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-man1
+-uninstall-man:
+- @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall-man1
+ tags: TAGS
+ TAGS:
+
++ctags: CTAGS
++CTAGS:
+
+-distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+-
+-subdir = doc
+
+ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+- @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+- d=$(srcdir); \
++ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
++ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
++ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
++ case $$file in \
++ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
++ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
++ esac; \
++ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
++ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
++ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
++ dir="/$$dir"; \
++ $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
++ else \
++ dir=''; \
++ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+- cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
++ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
++ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
++ fi; \
++ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+- || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+- || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
++ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
++ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+-info-am:
+-info: info-am
+-dvi-am:
+-dvi: dvi-am
+ check-am: all-am
+ check: check-am
+-installcheck-am:
+-installcheck: installcheck-am
+-install-exec-am:
++all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
++installdirs:
++ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"; do \
++ test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
++ done
++install: install-am
+ install-exec: install-exec-am
+-
+-install-data-am: install-man
+ install-data: install-data-am
++uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+ install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+-install: install-am
+-uninstall-am: uninstall-man
+-uninstall: uninstall-am
+-all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
+-all-redirect: all-am
+-install-strip:
+- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install
+-installdirs:
+- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man1
+-
+
++installcheck: installcheck-am
++install-strip:
++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
++ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
++ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
++ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+ mostlyclean-generic:
+
+ clean-generic:
+
+ distclean-generic:
+- -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+- -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
++ -rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+ maintainer-clean-generic:
+-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
++ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
++ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
++clean: clean-am
+
+-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
++clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+-clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
++distclean: distclean-am
++ -rm -f Makefile
++distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+-clean: clean-am
++dvi: dvi-am
+
+-distclean-am: distclean-generic clean-am
++dvi-am:
+
+-distclean: distclean-am
++html: html-am
+
+-maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
+- @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+- @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
++info: info-am
++
++info-am:
++
++install-data-am: install-man
++
++install-exec-am:
++
++install-info: install-info-am
++
++install-man: install-man1
++
++installcheck-am:
+
+ maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
++ -rm -f Makefile
++maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+-.PHONY: install-man1 uninstall-man1 install-man uninstall-man tags \
+-distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am installcheck-am \
+-installcheck install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data \
+-install-am install uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all \
+-installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+-maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
++mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
++
++mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
++
++pdf: pdf-am
++
++pdf-am:
++
++ps: ps-am
+
++ps-am:
++
++uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-man
++
++uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
++
++.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
++ distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
++ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
++ install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
++ install-man1 install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
++ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
++ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
++ uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-man uninstall-man1
+
+ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+ # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/install-sh psmisc-20.2.works.clean/install-sh
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/ChangeLog psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/ChangeLog
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/ChangeLog 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/ChangeLog 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
+-2001-03-09 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
++2004-01-29 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+- * Version 0.10.36 released.
++ * Version 0.14.1 released.
+
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/Makefile.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/Makefile.in
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/Makefile.in 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/Makefile.in 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
+-# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
++# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ #
+-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ # any later version.
+ #
+ # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+-# GNU General Public License for more details.
++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++# Library General Public License for more details.
+ #
+-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
++# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++# USA.
+
+ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+ VERSION = @VERSION@
+@@ -23,23 +24,23 @@
+ srcdir = @srcdir@
+ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+ top_builddir = ..
+-VPATH = @srcdir@
++#VPATH = $(srcdir)
+
+ prefix = @prefix@
+ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+ transform = @program_transform_name@
+-libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+-includedir = $(prefix)/include
+-datadir = $(prefix)/share
++libdir = @libdir@
++includedir = @includedir@
++datadir = @datadir@
+ localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+-gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl
++gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+ aliaspath = $(localedir)
+ subdir = intl
+
+ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
++mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+ l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+@@ -51,89 +52,202 @@
+ YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+ DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+--DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
++-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \
++-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
++-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
++-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
++-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
+ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
++LIBS = @LIBS@
+
+ COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+-COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
+-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
+-COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
+-finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
+-explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
+-localcharset.c
+-OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
+-finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
+-explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
+-plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
+-GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
++HEADERS = \
++ gmo.h \
++ gettextP.h \
++ hash-string.h \
++ loadinfo.h \
++ plural-exp.h \
++ eval-plural.h \
++ localcharset.h \
++ relocatable.h \
++ xsize.h \
++ printf-args.h printf-args.c \
++ printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \
++ vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \
++ os2compat.h \
++ libgnuintl.h.in
++SOURCES = \
++ bindtextdom.c \
++ dcgettext.c \
++ dgettext.c \
++ gettext.c \
++ finddomain.c \
++ loadmsgcat.c \
++ localealias.c \
++ textdomain.c \
++ l10nflist.c \
++ explodename.c \
++ dcigettext.c \
++ dcngettext.c \
++ dngettext.c \
++ ngettext.c \
++ plural.y \
++ plural-exp.c \
++ localcharset.c \
++ relocatable.c \
++ localename.c \
++ log.c \
++ printf.c \
++ osdep.c \
++ os2compat.c \
++ intl-compat.c
++OBJECTS = \
++ bindtextdom.$lo \
++ dcgettext.$lo \
++ dgettext.$lo \
++ gettext.$lo \
++ finddomain.$lo \
++ loadmsgcat.$lo \
++ localealias.$lo \
++ textdomain.$lo \
++ l10nflist.$lo \
++ explodename.$lo \
++ dcigettext.$lo \
++ dcngettext.$lo \
++ dngettext.$lo \
++ ngettext.$lo \
++ plural.$lo \
++ plural-exp.$lo \
++ localcharset.$lo \
++ relocatable.$lo \
++ localename.$lo \
++ log.$lo \
++ printf.$lo \
++ osdep.$lo \
++ intl-compat.$lo
+ DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+ config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+ DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+-DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc
+-DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
++DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \
++libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms \
++libgnuintl.h.msvc-static libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc
++DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
++COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h
++
++all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
++all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
++all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
++all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
++all-no-no:
++
++libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
++ rm -f $@
++ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
++ $(RANLIB) $@
++
++libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
++ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
++ $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \
++ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
++ -rpath $(libdir) \
++ -no-undefined
+
+ # Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+ # Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+ # according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+ # Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+ # change these values.
+-LTV_CURRENT=1
++LTV_CURRENT=7
+ LTV_REVISION=0
+-LTV_AGE=0
++LTV_AGE=4
+
+ .SUFFIXES:
+ .SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
++
+ .c.o:
+ $(COMPILE) $<
+-.c.lo:
+- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
+
+ .y.c:
+ $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+ rm -f $*.h
+
+-.sin.sed:
+- sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
+- mv t-$@ $@
+-
+-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
++bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
++dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
++dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
++gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
++finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
++loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
++localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
++textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
++l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
++explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
++dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
++dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
++dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
++ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
++plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
++plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
++localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
++relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
++localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
++log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
++printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c
++osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
++intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+
+-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+-all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+-all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+-all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+-all-no-no:
++ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
++ mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
++ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
++ mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
+
+-libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+- rm -f $@
+- $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+- $(RANLIB) $@
++INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
+
+-libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+- $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+- $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
+- -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+- -rpath $(libdir) \
+- -no-undefined
++libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
++ sed -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
++ -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
++ -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
++ -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
++ < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libgnuintl.h
+
+ libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+- cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
++ cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+-charset.alias: config.charset
++charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
+ $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+ check: all
+
+-# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
+-# only use the library should use install instead.
+-
+ # We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+ # system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+ # separate library.
+@@ -141,25 +255,50 @@
+ # package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+ install: install-exec install-data
+ install-exec: all
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
++ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
++ if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
++ dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
++ if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
++ fi; \
++ fi; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+- test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias \
+- && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias \
+- || orig=charset.alias; \
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
++ else \
++ : ; \
++ fi
++ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
++ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+- rm -f $$temp; \
++ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
++ orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
++ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
++ rm -f $$temp; \
++ else \
++ if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
++ orig=charset.alias; \
++ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
++ rm -f $$temp; \
++ fi; \
++ fi; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+@@ -173,16 +312,22 @@
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ install-data: all
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+- dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
++ dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
++ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
++ for file in $$dists; do \
++ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
++ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
++ done; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+@@ -191,18 +336,51 @@
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
++install-strip: install
++
++installdirs:
++ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
++ else \
++ : ; \
++ fi
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
++ else \
++ : ; \
++ fi
++ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
++ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
++ else \
++ : ; \
++ fi
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
++ else \
++ : ; \
++ fi
++
+ # Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+ installcheck:
+
+ uninstall:
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
++ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
++ else \
++ : ; \
++ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+@@ -229,25 +407,36 @@
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+- for file in VERSION ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common); do \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
++ for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+-info dvi:
++info dvi ps pdf html:
+
+ $(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+-bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
+-dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
++bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
++dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
++explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
++dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
++dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
++localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
++localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
++printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c
+
+ tags: TAGS
+
+ TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
++ctags: CTAGS
++
++CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
++ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
++
+ id: ID
+
+ ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+@@ -255,15 +444,15 @@
+
+
+ mostlyclean:
+- rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
+- rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
++ rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
++ rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+ rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+ clean: mostlyclean
+
+ distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+@@ -278,20 +467,26 @@
+ # other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+ distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+ dist distdir: Makefile
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+- additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
++ : ; \
+ else \
+- additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+- fi; \
+- $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+- for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+- ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+- || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+- done
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
++ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
++ else \
++ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
++ fi; \
++ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
++ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
++ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
++ cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
++ done; \
++ fi
+
+-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
+- cd .. \
+- && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
++Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
++# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
++# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
++# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+ # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/VERSION psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/VERSION
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/VERSION 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/VERSION 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1 +1 @@
+-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.36
++GNU gettext library from gettext-0.14.1
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/bindtextdom.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/bindtextdom.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/bindtextdom.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/bindtextdom.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -44,8 +45,8 @@
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+ #if !defined _LIBC
+-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
++# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
++# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+ #endif
+
+ /* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+@@ -57,12 +58,17 @@
+
+ /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+ extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
++#ifdef _LIBC
++extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
++#else
++# define INTUSE(name) name
++#endif
+
+ /* List with bindings of specific domains. */
+ extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+ /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
++__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+
+ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+@@ -76,15 +82,10 @@
+ # define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+ # endif
+ #else
+-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
++# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
++# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+ #endif
+
+-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+-static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+- const char **dirnamep,
+- const char **codesetp));
+-
+ /* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+ to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+ If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+@@ -92,10 +93,8 @@
+ If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+ modified nor returned. */
+ static void
+-set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char **dirnamep;
+- const char **codesetp;
++set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
++ const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
+ {
+ struct binding *binding;
+ int modified;
+@@ -145,8 +144,8 @@
+ char *result = binding->dirname;
+ if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+ {
+- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+- result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
++ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
++ result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+ #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+@@ -161,7 +160,7 @@
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+- if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
++ if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ free (binding->dirname);
+
+ binding->dirname = result;
+@@ -202,6 +201,7 @@
+ free (binding->codeset);
+
+ binding->codeset = result;
++ binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
+ {
+ /* Simply return the default values. */
+ if (dirnamep)
+- *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
++ *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
+@@ -236,11 +236,11 @@
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The default value. */
+- dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
++ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+- dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
++ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
++ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+ char *result;
+@@ -263,7 +263,9 @@
+ }
+ else
+ /* The default value. */
+- new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
++ new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
++
++ new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+@@ -285,6 +287,7 @@
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+ #endif
+ codeset = result;
++ new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ }
+ *codesetp = codeset;
+ new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+@@ -316,7 +319,7 @@
+ if (0)
+ {
+ failed_codeset:
+- if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
++ if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ free (new_binding->dirname);
+ failed_dirname:
+ free (new_binding);
+@@ -338,9 +341,7 @@
+ /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+ char *
+-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *dirname;
++BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
+ {
+ set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+ return (char *) dirname;
+@@ -349,9 +350,7 @@
+ /* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+ char *
+-BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *codeset;
++BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
+ {
+ set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+ return (char *) codeset;
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/config.charset psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/config.charset
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dcgettext.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dcgettext.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dcgettext.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dcgettext.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -36,22 +37,20 @@
+ # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+ # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+ #else
+-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
++# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
++# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+ #endif
+
+ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+ char *
+-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid;
+- int category;
++DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
+ {
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+ }
+
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
++INTDEF(__dcgettext)
+ weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+ #endif
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dcigettext.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dcigettext.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dcigettext.c 2001-04-13 23:00:43.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dcigettext.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ /* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+@@ -32,14 +33,19 @@
+ # define alloca __builtin_alloca
+ # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+ #else
+-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+-# include <alloca.h>
++# ifdef _MSC_VER
++# include <malloc.h>
++# define alloca _alloca
+ # else
+-# ifdef _AIX
+- #pragma alloca
++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
++# include <alloca.h>
+ # else
+-# ifndef alloca
++# ifdef _AIX
++ #pragma alloca
++# else
++# ifndef alloca
+ char *alloca ();
++# endif
+ # endif
+ # endif
+ # endif
+@@ -55,13 +61,7 @@
+
+ #include <stddef.h>
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+-
+ #include <string.h>
+-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+-# ifndef strchr
+-# define strchr index
+-# endif
+-#endif
+
+ #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+ # include <unistd.h>
+@@ -69,11 +69,26 @@
+
+ #include <locale.h>
+
++#ifdef _LIBC
++ /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.
++ Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */
++# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \
++ || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__
++# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1
++# else
++# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0
++# endif
++#endif
++#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
++# include <signal.h>
++#endif
++
+ #if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+ # include <sys/param.h>
+ #endif
+
+ #include "gettextP.h"
++#include "plural-exp.h"
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ # include <libintl.h>
+ #else
+@@ -106,10 +121,10 @@
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+ #if !defined _LIBC
+-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
++# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
++# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
++# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
++# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+ #endif
+
+ /* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+@@ -133,13 +148,17 @@
+ char *getwd ();
+ # define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+ # else
++# if VMS
++# define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0)
++# else
+ char *getcwd ();
++# endif
+ # endif
+ # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
++static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
+ # endif
+ # ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+-static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
++static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n);
+ # endif
+ #endif
+
+@@ -197,16 +216,6 @@
+ # define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+ #endif
+
+-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+- ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+- setting of `local'.''
+- However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
+- ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+- those using GNU C Library). */
+-#ifdef _LIBC
+-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+-#endif
+-
+ /* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+ are stored. */
+ struct known_translation_t
+@@ -243,11 +252,8 @@
+ # endif
+
+ /* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
+-static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+ static int
+-transcmp (p1, p2)
+- const void *p1;
+- const void *p2;
++transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+ {
+ const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+ const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+@@ -271,39 +277,54 @@
+ }
+ #endif
+
++#ifndef INTVARDEF
++# define INTVARDEF(name)
++#endif
++#ifndef INTUSE
++# define INTUSE(name) name
++#endif
++
+ /* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
++const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
+
+ /* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+-const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
++const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
++ = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+ /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
++#if defined __EMX__
++extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
++#else
+ const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
++INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname)
++#endif
+
+ /* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+ struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+ /* Prototypes for local functions. */
+-static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+- unsigned long int n,
+- const char *translation,
+- size_t translation_len))
+- internal_function;
+-static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+- unsigned long int n))
++static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
++ unsigned long int n,
++ const char *translation, size_t translation_len)
+ internal_function;
+-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+- const char *categoryname))
++static const char *guess_category_value (int category,
++ const char *categoryname)
+ internal_function;
++#ifdef _LIBC
++# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
++# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category]
++#else
++static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function;
++#endif
+
+
+ /* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ /* Nothing has to be done. */
++# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+ # define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+ # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+ #else
+@@ -328,11 +349,13 @@
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
++ free (old->address); \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+ # undef alloca
+ # define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
++# define freea(p) free (p)
+ #endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+@@ -356,12 +379,12 @@
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+ #else
+-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
++# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+ #endif
+
+ /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+-__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
++__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+@@ -370,6 +393,18 @@
+ # define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+ # define DETERMINE_SECURE
+ #else
++# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
++# define getuid() 0
++# endif
++# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
++# define getgid() 0
++# endif
++# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
++# define geteuid() getuid()
++# endif
++# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
++# define getegid() getgid()
++# endif
+ static int enable_secure;
+ # define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+ # define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+@@ -382,17 +417,15 @@
+ }
+ #endif
+
++/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */
++#include "eval-plural.h"
++
+ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+ depending on the plural form determined by N. */
+ char *
+-DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid1;
+- const char *msgid2;
+- int plural;
+- unsigned long int n;
+- int category;
++DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2,
++ int plural, unsigned long int n, int category)
+ {
+ #ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+@@ -417,6 +450,15 @@
+ if (msgid1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
++#ifdef _LIBC
++ if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL)
++ /* Bogus. */
++ return (plural == 0
++ ? (char *) msgid1
++ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
++ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
++#endif
++
+ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+@@ -425,6 +467,12 @@
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
++ /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */
++#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT
++ if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT)
++ category = LC_MESSAGES;
++#endif
++
+ #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+@@ -437,6 +485,7 @@
+ search->category = category;
+
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
++ freea (search);
+ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+ {
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+@@ -473,7 +522,7 @@
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+- dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
++ dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+@@ -501,16 +550,9 @@
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+- {
+- /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+- error but simply return the default string. */
+- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+- __set_errno (saved_errno);
+- return (plural == 0
+- ? (char *) msgid1
+- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+- }
++ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
++ error but simply return the default string. */
++ goto return_untranslated;
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+@@ -567,16 +609,7 @@
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+- {
+- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+- __set_errno (saved_errno);
+- return (plural == 0
+- ? (char *) msgid1
+- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+- }
+-
++ break;
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+@@ -584,7 +617,7 @@
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, msgid1, &retlen);
++ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+@@ -592,8 +625,8 @@
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid1,
+- &retlen);
++ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
++ msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+@@ -608,7 +641,6 @@
+ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+- __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ #if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ if (foundp == NULL)
+ {
+@@ -647,6 +679,8 @@
+ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+ }
+ #endif
++ __set_errno (saved_errno);
++
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+@@ -656,32 +690,56 @@
+ }
+ }
+ }
+- /* NOTREACHED */
++
++ return_untranslated:
++ /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */
++ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
++ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
++#ifndef _LIBC
++ if (!ENABLE_SECURE)
++ {
++ extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename,
++ const char *domainname,
++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2,
++ int plural);
++ const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED");
++
++ if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0')
++ _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
++ }
++#endif
++ __set_errno (saved_errno);
++ return (plural == 0
++ ? (char *) msgid1
++ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
++ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+ }
+
+
+ char *
+ internal_function
+-_nl_find_msg (domain_file, msgid, lengthp)
+- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+- const char *msgid;
+- size_t *lengthp;
++_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
++ struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
++ size_t *lengthp)
+ {
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
++ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ size_t act;
+ char *result;
+ size_t resultlen;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+- _nl_load_domain (domain_file);
++ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
++ nstrings = domain->nstrings;
++
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+- if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
++ if (domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+@@ -691,22 +749,30 @@
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+- nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
++ nls_uint32 nstr =
++ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+- /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
++ nstr--;
++
++ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr.
+ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
+- if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+- && (strcmp (msgid,
+- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+- domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+- == 0))
++ if (nstr < nstrings
++ ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len
++ && (strcmp (msgid,
++ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
++ domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset))
++ == 0)
++ : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len
++ && (strcmp (msgid,
++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer)
++ == 0))
+ {
+- act = nstr - 1;
++ act = nstr;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+@@ -724,7 +790,7 @@
+ size_t top, bottom;
+
+ bottom = 0;
+- top = domain->nstrings;
++ top = nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+@@ -747,11 +813,29 @@
+ found:
+ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
+ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
+- result = ((char *) domain->data
+- + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+- resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
++ if (act < nstrings)
++ {
++ result = (char *)
++ (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
++ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer;
++ resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length;
++ }
+
+ #if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
++ if (domain->codeset_cntr
++ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
++ {
++ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
++ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
++ have to reinitialize the converter. */
++ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
++ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
++ }
++
+ if (
+ # ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+@@ -772,8 +856,9 @@
+ NULs. */
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+- && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+- sizeof (char *)))
++ && ((domain->conv_tab =
++ (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings,
++ sizeof (char *)))
+ == NULL))
+ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
+ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+@@ -942,11 +1027,8 @@
+ /* Look up a plural variant. */
+ static char *
+ internal_function
+-plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+- unsigned long int n;
+- const char *translation;
+- size_t translation_len;
++plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n,
++ const char *translation, size_t translation_len)
+ {
+ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+ unsigned long int index;
+@@ -979,93 +1061,11 @@
+ return (char *) p;
+ }
+
+-
+-/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
+-static unsigned long int
+-internal_function
+-plural_eval (pexp, n)
+- struct expression *pexp;
+- unsigned long int n;
+-{
+- switch (pexp->nargs)
+- {
+- case 0:
+- switch (pexp->operation)
+- {
+- case var:
+- return n;
+- case num:
+- return pexp->val.num;
+- default:
+- break;
+- }
+- /* NOTREACHED */
+- break;
+- case 1:
+- {
+- /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
+- unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+- return ! arg;
+- }
+- case 2:
+- {
+- unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+- if (pexp->operation == lor)
+- return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+- else if (pexp->operation == land)
+- return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+- else
+- {
+- unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+-
+- switch (pexp->operation)
+- {
+- case mult:
+- return leftarg * rightarg;
+- case divide:
+- return leftarg / rightarg;
+- case module:
+- return leftarg % rightarg;
+- case plus:
+- return leftarg + rightarg;
+- case minus:
+- return leftarg - rightarg;
+- case less_than:
+- return leftarg < rightarg;
+- case greater_than:
+- return leftarg > rightarg;
+- case less_or_equal:
+- return leftarg <= rightarg;
+- case greater_or_equal:
+- return leftarg >= rightarg;
+- case equal:
+- return leftarg == rightarg;
+- case not_equal:
+- return leftarg != rightarg;
+- default:
+- break;
+- }
+- }
+- /* NOTREACHED */
+- break;
+- }
+- case 3:
+- {
+- /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
+- unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+- return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+- }
+- }
+- /* NOTREACHED */
+- return 0;
+-}
+-
+-
++#ifndef _LIBC
+ /* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+ static const char *
+ internal_function
+-category_to_name (category)
+- int category;
++category_to_name (int category)
+ {
+ const char *retval;
+
+@@ -1120,13 +1120,12 @@
+
+ return retval;
+ }
++#endif
+
+ /* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+ static const char *
+ internal_function
+-guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+- int category;
+- const char *categoryname;
++guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname)
+ {
+ const char *language;
+ const char *retval;
+@@ -1141,27 +1140,21 @@
+ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
+ `setlocale' function itself. */
+-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+- retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
++#ifdef _LIBC
++ retval = __current_locale_name (category);
+ #else
+- /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+- {
+- /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+- retval = getenv (categoryname);
+- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+- {
+- /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+- retval = getenv ("LANG");
+- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+- /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
+- implementation defined. */
+- return "C";
+- }
+- }
++ retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
+ #endif
+
++ /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because
++ 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international
++ messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed
++ as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit
++ characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII
++ characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly.
++ 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified
++ by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like
++ "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */
+ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+ }
+
+@@ -1173,9 +1166,7 @@
+ to be defined. */
+ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+ static char *
+-stpcpy (dest, src)
+- char *dest;
+- const char *src;
++stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+ {
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+@@ -1185,10 +1176,7 @@
+
+ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ static void *
+-mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+- void *dest;
+- const void *src;
+- size_t n;
++mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
+ {
+ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+ }
+@@ -1198,8 +1186,7 @@
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ /* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+-free_mem (void)
++libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+ {
+ void *old;
+
+@@ -1207,7 +1194,7 @@
+ {
+ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+- if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
++ if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (oldp->dirname);
+ free (oldp->codeset);
+@@ -1229,6 +1216,4 @@
+ free (old);
+ }
+ }
+-
+-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+ #endif
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dcngettext.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dcngettext.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dcngettext.c 2001-04-13 23:00:43.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dcngettext.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -36,19 +37,16 @@
+ # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+ # define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+ #else
+-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
++# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
++# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+ #endif
+
+ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+ char *
+-DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid1;
+- const char *msgid2;
+- unsigned long int n;
+- int category;
++DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
++ int category)
+ {
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dgettext.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dgettext.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dgettext.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dgettext.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,27 +1,29 @@
+ /* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+ #endif
+
++#include "gettextP.h"
++
+ #include <locale.h>
+
+-#include "gettextP.h"
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ # include <libintl.h>
+ #else
+@@ -36,18 +38,16 @@
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ # define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
++# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+ #else
+-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
++# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
++# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+ #endif
+
+ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+ char *
+-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid;
++DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
+ {
+ return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dngettext.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dngettext.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/dngettext.c 2001-04-13 23:00:43.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/dngettext.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,27 +1,29 @@
+ /* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+ #endif
+
++#include "gettextP.h"
++
+ #include <locale.h>
+
+-#include "gettextP.h"
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ # include <libintl.h>
+ #else
+@@ -38,18 +40,15 @@
+ # define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+ # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+ #else
+-# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
++# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
++# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+ #endif
+
+ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
+ char *
+-DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid1;
+- const char *msgid2;
+- unsigned long int n;
++DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+ {
+ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/eval-plural.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/eval-plural.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/eval-plural.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/eval-plural.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
++/* Plural expression evaluation.
++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef STATIC
++#define STATIC static
++#endif
++
++/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
++STATIC
++unsigned long int
++internal_function
++plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
++{
++ switch (pexp->nargs)
++ {
++ case 0:
++ switch (pexp->operation)
++ {
++ case var:
++ return n;
++ case num:
++ return pexp->val.num;
++ default:
++ break;
++ }
++ /* NOTREACHED */
++ break;
++ case 1:
++ {
++ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
++ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
++ return ! arg;
++ }
++ case 2:
++ {
++ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
++ if (pexp->operation == lor)
++ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
++ else if (pexp->operation == land)
++ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
++ else
++ {
++ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
++
++ switch (pexp->operation)
++ {
++ case mult:
++ return leftarg * rightarg;
++ case divide:
++#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
++ if (rightarg == 0)
++ raise (SIGFPE);
++#endif
++ return leftarg / rightarg;
++ case module:
++#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
++ if (rightarg == 0)
++ raise (SIGFPE);
++#endif
++ return leftarg % rightarg;
++ case plus:
++ return leftarg + rightarg;
++ case minus:
++ return leftarg - rightarg;
++ case less_than:
++ return leftarg < rightarg;
++ case greater_than:
++ return leftarg > rightarg;
++ case less_or_equal:
++ return leftarg <= rightarg;
++ case greater_or_equal:
++ return leftarg >= rightarg;
++ case equal:
++ return leftarg == rightarg;
++ case not_equal:
++ return leftarg != rightarg;
++ default:
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++ /* NOTREACHED */
++ break;
++ }
++ case 3:
++ {
++ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
++ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
++ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
++ }
++ }
++ /* NOTREACHED */
++ return 0;
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/explodename.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/explodename.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/explodename.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/explodename.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -37,8 +38,7 @@
+ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+ char *
+-_nl_find_language (name)
+- const char *name;
++_nl_find_language (const char *name)
+ {
+ while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+ && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+@@ -49,17 +49,11 @@
+
+
+ int
+-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+- normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+- char *name;
+- const char **language;
+- const char **modifier;
+- const char **territory;
+- const char **codeset;
+- const char **normalized_codeset;
+- const char **special;
+- const char **sponsor;
+- const char **revision;
++_nl_explode_name (char *name,
++ const char **language, const char **modifier,
++ const char **territory, const char **codeset,
++ const char **normalized_codeset, const char **special,
++ const char **sponsor, const char **revision)
+ {
+ enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+ char *cp;
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/finddomain.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/finddomain.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/finddomain.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/finddomain.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
+ /* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -46,11 +47,8 @@
+ established bindings. */
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *
+ internal_function
+-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+- const char *dirname;
+- char *locale;
+- const char *domainname;
+- struct binding *domainbinding;
++_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
++ const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
+ {
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ const char *language;
+@@ -89,15 +87,14 @@
+ be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname,
+- domainbinding, 0);
++ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We know something about this locale. */
+ int cnt;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+- _nl_load_domain (retval);
++ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->data != NULL)
+ return retval;
+@@ -105,7 +102,7 @@
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
++ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+@@ -146,21 +143,20 @@
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+ codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+- sponsor, revision, domainname, domainbinding,
+- 1);
++ sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ /* This means we are out of core. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+- _nl_load_domain (retval);
++ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+ if (retval->data == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
++ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+@@ -179,8 +175,7 @@
+
+
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+-free_mem (void)
++libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+ {
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+@@ -194,6 +189,4 @@
+ free (here);
+ }
+ }
+-
+-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+ #endif
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gettext.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gettext.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gettext.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gettext.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -41,18 +42,17 @@
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ # define GETTEXT __gettext
+-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
++# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+ #else
+-# define GETTEXT gettext__
+-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
++# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
++# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+ #endif
+
+ /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+ char *
+-GETTEXT (msgid)
+- const char *msgid;
++GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
+ {
+ return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gettext.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gettext.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gettext.h 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gettext.h 2004-10-13 15:19:00.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,101 +1,69 @@
+-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
+-
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+-
+-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+-#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+-
+-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
+-# include <limits.h>
+-#endif
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
+-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
++#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
++#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
+-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
++/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
++#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+- to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
+- alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+- as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+- when cross-compiling. */
++/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
++# include <libintl.h>
+
+-#if __STDC__
+-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+ #else
+-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+-#endif
+-
+-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+- This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+- that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+- (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
+
+-#ifndef UINT_MAX
+-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+-#endif
+-
+-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+-typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+-#else
+-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+-# else
+-# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+-# else
+- /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
+- not portable enough. */
+- "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+-# endif
+-# endif
++/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
++ chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
++ later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
++ as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
++ and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
++ is OK. */
++#if defined(__sun)
++# include <locale.h>
+ #endif
+
++/* Disabled NLS.
++ The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
++ for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
++ On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
++ contain "#define const". */
++# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
++# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
++# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
++# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
++ ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
++# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
++ ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
++# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
++ ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
++# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
++# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
++# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+-/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
+-struct mo_file_header
+-{
+- /* The magic number. */
+- nls_uint32 magic;
+- /* The revision number of the file format. */
+- nls_uint32 revision;
+- /* The number of strings pairs. */
+- nls_uint32 nstrings;
+- /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
+- nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+- /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
+- nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+- /* Size of hashing table. */
+- nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+- /* Offset of first hashing entry. */
+- nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+-};
+-
+-struct string_desc
+-{
+- /* Length of addressed string. */
+- nls_uint32 length;
+- /* Offset of string in file. */
+- nls_uint32 offset;
+-};
++#endif
+
+-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
++/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
++ extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
++ translation is done at a different place in the code.
++ The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
++ and other string expressions won't work.
++ The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
++ initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
++#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+-#endif /* gettext.h */
++#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gettextP.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gettextP.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gettextP.h 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gettextP.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
+ /* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+ #define _GETTEXTP_H
+@@ -31,22 +32,18 @@
+
+ #include "loadinfo.h"
+
+-#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
++#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
+
+ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+-#ifndef PARAMS
+-# if __STDC__
+-# define PARAMS(args) args
+-# else
+-# define PARAMS(args) ()
+-# endif
+-#endif
+-
+ #ifndef internal_function
+ # define internal_function
+ #endif
+
++#ifndef attribute_hidden
++# define attribute_hidden
++#endif
++
+ /* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+ #ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+@@ -71,63 +68,51 @@
+ #endif
+
+
+-/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+- plural form. */
+-struct expression
+-{
+- int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
+- enum operator
+- {
+- /* Without arguments: */
+- var, /* The variable "n". */
+- num, /* Decimal number. */
+- /* Unary operators: */
+- lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
+- /* Binary operators: */
+- mult, /* Multiplication. */
+- divide, /* Division. */
+- module, /* Module operation. */
+- plus, /* Addition. */
+- minus, /* Subtraction. */
+- less_than, /* Comparison. */
+- greater_than, /* Comparison. */
+- less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+- greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+- equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
+- not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
+- land, /* Logical AND. */
+- lor, /* Logical OR. */
+- /* Ternary operators: */
+- qmop /* Question mark operator. */
+- } operation;
+- union
+- {
+- unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
+- struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
+- } val;
+-};
+-
+-/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+- the result in a thread-safe way. */
+-struct parse_args
++/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
++struct sysdep_string_desc
+ {
+- const char *cp;
+- struct expression *res;
++ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
++ size_t length;
++ /* Pointer to addressed string. */
++ const char *pointer;
+ };
+
+-
+ /* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
+ struct loaded_domain
+ {
++ /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
+ const char *data;
++ /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
+ int use_mmap;
++ /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
+ size_t mmap_size;
++ /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
+ int must_swap;
++ /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
++ void *malloced;
++
++ /* Number of static strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+- struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+- struct string_desc *trans_tab;
++ /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
++ const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
++ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
++ const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
++
++ /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
++ /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
++ const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
++ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
++ const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
++
++ /* Size of hash table. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_size;
+- nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
++ /* Pointer to hash table. */
++ const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
++ /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
++ int must_swap_hash_tab;
++
++ int codeset_cntr;
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ __gconv_t conv;
+ #else
+@@ -155,6 +140,7 @@
+ {
+ struct binding *next;
+ char *dirname;
++ int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
+ char *codeset;
+ char domainname[ZERO];
+ };
+@@ -164,72 +150,64 @@
+ This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
+ extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+- char *__locale,
+- const char *__domainname,
+- struct binding *__domainbinding))
++#ifndef _LIBC
++const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname);
++#endif
++
++struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
++ const char *__domainname,
++ struct binding *__domainbinding)
+ internal_function;
+-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain))
++void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
++ struct binding *__domainbinding)
+ internal_function;
+-void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
++void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
++ internal_function;
++const char *_nl_init_domain_conv (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
++ struct loaded_domain *__domain,
++ struct binding *__domainbinding)
++ internal_function;
++void _nl_free_domain_conv (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
+ internal_function;
+
+-#ifdef _LIBC
+-extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+-extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid));
+-extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid, int __category));
+-extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- unsigned long int __n));
+-extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- unsigned long int n));
+-extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+-extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+- int __category));
+-extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+-extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__dirname));
+-extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__codeset));
+-#else
+-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid));
+-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid, int __category));
+-extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- unsigned long int __n));
+-extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- unsigned long int __n));
+-extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+-extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+- int __category));
+-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__dirname));
+-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__codeset));
+-#endif
++char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
++ struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
++ size_t *lengthp)
++ internal_function;
+
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+-extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+- internal_function;
+-extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
++extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
++extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
++extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
++ int __category);
++extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n);
++extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int n);
++extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n, int __category);
++extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
++ int __category);
++extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
++extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__dirname);
++extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__codeset);
+ #else
+-extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+- internal_function;
+-extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
++/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
++ call them under their real name. */
++# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# include "libgnuintl.h"
++extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
++ int __category);
+ #endif
+
+ /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gmo.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gmo.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/gmo.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/gmo.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
++/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
++#define _GETTEXT_H 1
++
++#include <limits.h>
++
++/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
++
++/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
++#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
++#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
++
++/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
++#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
++#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
++
++/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
++ to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
++ alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
++ as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
++ when cross-compiling. */
++
++#if __STDC__
++# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
++#else
++# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
++#endif
++
++/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
++ This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
++ that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
++ (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
++
++#ifndef UINT_MAX
++# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
++#endif
++
++#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
++typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
++#else
++# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
++typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
++# else
++# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
++typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
++# else
++ /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
++ not portable enough. */
++ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
++# endif
++# endif
++#endif
++
++
++/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
++struct mo_file_header
++{
++ /* The magic number. */
++ nls_uint32 magic;
++ /* The revision number of the file format. */
++ nls_uint32 revision;
++
++ /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
++
++ /* The number of strings pairs. */
++ nls_uint32 nstrings;
++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
++ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
++ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
++ /* Size of hash table. */
++ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
++ /* Offset of first hash table entry. */
++ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
++
++ /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
++
++ /* The number of system dependent segments. */
++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
++ /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
++ nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
++ /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
++ nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
++ nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
++};
++
++/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
++struct string_desc
++{
++ /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
++ nls_uint32 length;
++ /* Offset of string in file. */
++ nls_uint32 offset;
++};
++
++/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
++
++/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
++struct sysdep_segment
++{
++ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
++ nls_uint32 length;
++ /* Offset of string in file. */
++ nls_uint32 offset;
++};
++
++/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
++struct sysdep_string
++{
++ /* Offset of static string segments in file. */
++ nls_uint32 offset;
++ /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
++ The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
++ struct segment_pair
++ {
++ /* Size of static segment. */
++ nls_uint32 segsize;
++ /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
++ nls_uint32 sysdepref;
++ } segments[1];
++};
++
++/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
++ regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
++#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
++
++/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
++
++#endif /* gettext.h */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/hash-string.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/hash-string.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/hash-string.h 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/hash-string.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,30 +1,23 @@
+ /* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+-#ifndef PARAMS
+-# if __STDC__
+-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
+-# else
+-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+-# endif
+-#endif
+-
+ /* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
+ #define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+@@ -32,11 +25,8 @@
+ /* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+ [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+ 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
+-static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+-
+ static inline unsigned long int
+-hash_string (str_param)
+- const char *str_param;
++hash_string (const char *str_param)
+ {
+ unsigned long int hval, g;
+ const char *str = str_param;
+@@ -46,7 +36,7 @@
+ while (*str != '\0')
+ {
+ hval <<= 4;
+- hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
++ hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
+ g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+ if (g != 0)
+ {
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/intl-compat.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/intl-compat.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/intl-compat.c 2001-04-13 23:00:43.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/intl-compat.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,71 +1,38 @@
+ /* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+ Library.
+- Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+-any later version.
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
+
+-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+-GNU General Public License for more details.
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+ #endif
+
+-#include "libgnuintl.h"
+ #include "gettextP.h"
+
+ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+-/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
+- those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
+- It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
+- configured --with-included-gettext.
+-
+- This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
+- the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
+- If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
+- libgnuintl.h of the following form:
+-
+-# define gettext gettext__
+-# define dgettext dgettext__
+-# define dcgettext dcgettext__
+-# define ngettext ngettext__
+-# define dngettext dngettext__
+-# define dcngettext dcngettext__
+-# define textdomain textdomain__
+-# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
+-# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
+-
+- How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
+- A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
+- functions defined in the executable always override functions in
+- the shared libraries.
+- B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
+- 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
+- (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
+- ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
+- letting other shared libraries override it.
+- 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
+- libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
+- shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
+- *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
+-
+- A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
+- whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
+- Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
+- containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
+- the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
+- to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
+- command line. */
++/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
++ defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
++ It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
++ of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
++ has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
++ It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
++ as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
++ features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
+
+
+ #undef gettext
+@@ -79,87 +46,86 @@
+ #undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
++/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
++ the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
++ don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
++#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
++# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
++#else
++# define DLL_EXPORTED
++#endif
++
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-gettext (msgid)
+- const char *msgid;
++gettext (const char *msgid)
+ {
+- return gettext__ (msgid);
++ return libintl_gettext (msgid);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid;
++dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
+ {
+- return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
++ return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid;
+- int category;
++dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
+ {
+- return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
++ return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+- const char *msgid1;
+- const char *msgid2;
+- unsigned long int n;
++ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+ {
+- return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
++ return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid1;
+- const char *msgid2;
+- unsigned long int n;
++dngettext (const char *domainname,
++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+ {
+- return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
++ return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *msgid1;
+- const char *msgid2;
+- unsigned long int n;
+- int category;
++dcngettext (const char *domainname,
++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
++ int category)
+ {
+- return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
++ return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-textdomain (domainname)
+- const char *domainname;
++textdomain (const char *domainname)
+ {
+- return textdomain__ (domainname);
++ return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *dirname;
++bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
+ {
+- return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
++ return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
+ }
+
+
++DLL_EXPORTED
+ char *
+-bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+- const char *domainname;
+- const char *codeset;
++bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
+ {
+- return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
++ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/l10nflist.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/l10nflist.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/l10nflist.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/l10nflist.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ /* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+@@ -27,11 +28,6 @@
+ #endif
+
+ #include <string.h>
+-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+-# ifndef strchr
+-# define strchr index
+-# endif
+-#endif
+
+ #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+ # include <argz.h>
+@@ -62,20 +58,34 @@
+ # endif
+ #else
+ # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
++static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
+ # endif
+ #endif
+
++/* Pathname support.
++ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
++ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
++ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
++ */
++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
++# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
++ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
++ && (P)[1] == ':')
++# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
++#else
++ /* Unix */
++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
++# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
++#endif
++
+ /* Define function which are usually not available. */
+
+ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+ /* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
+-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+-
+ static size_t
+-argz_count__ (argz, len)
+- const char *argz;
+- size_t len;
++argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
+ {
+ size_t count = 0;
+ while (len > 0)
+@@ -89,18 +99,17 @@
+ }
+ # undef __argz_count
+ # define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
++#else
++# ifdef _LIBC
++# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
++# endif
+ #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+ /* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+ except the last into the character SEP. */
+-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+-
+ static void
+-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+- char *argz;
+- size_t len;
+- int sep;
++argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
+ {
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+@@ -113,17 +122,16 @@
+ }
+ # undef __argz_stringify
+ # define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
++#else
++# ifdef _LIBC
++# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
++ INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
++# endif
+ #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+- const char *entry));
+-
+ static char *
+-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+- char *argz;
+- size_t argz_len;
+- const char *entry;
++argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
+ {
+ if (entry)
+ {
+@@ -144,11 +152,8 @@
+
+
+ /* Return number of bits set in X. */
+-static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+-
+ static inline int
+-pop (x)
+- int x;
++pop (int x)
+ {
+ /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
+ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+@@ -161,32 +166,27 @@
+
+
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *
+-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+- territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+- sponsor, revision, filename, domainbinding, do_allocate)
+- struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+- const char *dirlist;
+- size_t dirlist_len;
+- int mask;
+- const char *language;
+- const char *territory;
+- const char *codeset;
+- const char *normalized_codeset;
+- const char *modifier;
+- const char *special;
+- const char *sponsor;
+- const char *revision;
+- const char *filename;
+- struct binding *domainbinding;
+- int do_allocate;
++_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
++ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
++ int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
++ const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
++ const char *modifier, const char *special,
++ const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
++ const char *filename, int do_allocate)
+ {
+ char *abs_filename;
+- struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
++ struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ char *cp;
++ size_t dirlist_count;
+ size_t entries;
+ int cnt;
+
++ /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
++ DIRLIST. */
++ if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
++ dirlist_len = 0;
++
+ /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
+ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ + strlen (language)
+@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
+ + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+- ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
++ ? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+ ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+@@ -212,14 +212,16 @@
+ if (abs_filename == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+- retval = NULL;
+- last = NULL;
+-
+ /* Construct file name. */
+- memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+- __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+- cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+- *cp++ = '/';
++ cp = abs_filename;
++ if (dirlist_len > 0)
++ {
++ memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
++ __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
++ cp += dirlist_len;
++ cp[-1] = '/';
++ }
++
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+ if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+@@ -266,7 +268,7 @@
+
+ /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+ available. */
+- last = NULL;
++ lastp = l10nfile_list;
+ for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+ if (retval->filename != NULL)
+ {
+@@ -281,7 +283,7 @@
+ break;
+ }
+
+- last = retval;
++ lastp = &retval->next;
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+@@ -290,52 +292,68 @@
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+- retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+- malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+- * (1 << pop (mask))
+- * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
++ dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
++
++ /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
++ retval =
++ (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
++ malloc (sizeof (*retval)
++ + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
++ * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ retval->filename = abs_filename;
+- retval->domainbinding = domainbinding;
+- retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
++
++ /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
++ Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
++ correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
++ looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
++ retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
+ || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+ retval->data = NULL;
+
+- if (last == NULL)
+- {
+- retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+- *l10nfile_list = retval;
+- }
+- else
+- {
+- retval->next = last->next;
+- last->next = retval;
+- }
++ retval->next = *lastp;
++ *lastp = retval;
+
+ entries = 0;
+- /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+- a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+- of the inner loop. */
+- cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+- for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
++ /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
++ If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
++ entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
++ colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
++ across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
++ If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
++ DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
++ MASK, excluding MASK itself.
++ In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
++ that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
++ first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
++ normalized_codeset. */
++ for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+ if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+ && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+ && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+ {
+- /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
+- char *dir = NULL;
++ if (dirlist_count > 1)
++ {
++ /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
++ char *dir = NULL;
+
+- while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+- != NULL)
++ while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
++ != NULL)
++ retval->successor[entries++]
++ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
++ cnt, language, territory, codeset,
++ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
++ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
++ }
++ else
+ retval->successor[entries++]
+- = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+- language, territory, codeset,
++ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
++ cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+- sponsor, revision, filename, domainbinding,
+- 1);
++ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+ }
+ retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+@@ -347,9 +365,7 @@
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+ const char *
+-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+- const char *codeset;
+- size_t name_len;
++_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
+ {
+ int len = 0;
+ int only_digit = 1;
+@@ -358,11 +374,11 @@
+ size_t cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+- if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
++ if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ {
+ ++len;
+
+- if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
++ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ only_digit = 0;
+ }
+
+@@ -376,9 +392,9 @@
+ wp = retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+- if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+- *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
+- else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
++ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
++ *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
++ else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+ *wp = '\0';
+@@ -396,9 +412,7 @@
+ to be defined. */
+ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+ static char *
+-stpcpy (dest, src)
+- char *dest;
+- const char *src;
++stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+ {
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/libgettext.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/libgettext.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/libgettext.h 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/libgettext.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
+@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
+-/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+-
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+- any later version.
+-
+- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
+-
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+-
+-#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+-
+-/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
+-#if ENABLE_NLS
+-
+-/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
+-# include <libintl.h>
+-
+-#else
+-
+-# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
+-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
+-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
+-# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+- ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+-# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+- ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+-# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+- ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+-# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
+-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
+-# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
+-
+-#endif
+-
+-/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+- translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
+-#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
+-
+-#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/libgnuintl.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/libgnuintl.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/libgnuintl.h 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/libgnuintl.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
+@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
+-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+-
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+- any later version.
+-
+- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
+-
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+-
+-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+-#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+-
+-#include <locale.h>
+-
+-/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+- gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+- On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+- On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+- this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
+- warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
+-#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+-# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+-#endif
+-
+-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+- implementation of gettext. */
+-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+-
+-/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
+- precedence over _conio_gettext. */
+-#ifdef __DJGPP__
+-# undef gettext
+-# define gettext gettext
+-#endif
+-
+-#ifndef PARAMS
+-# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+-# define PARAMS(args) args
+-# else
+-# define PARAMS(args) ()
+-# endif
+-#endif
+-
+-#ifdef __cplusplus
+-extern "C" {
+-#endif
+-
+-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+- text). */
+-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+-
+-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+-
+-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+- locale. */
+-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+- int __category));
+-
+-
+-/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+- number N. */
+-extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+- unsigned long int __n));
+-
+-/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+- number N. */
+-extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+- const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+-
+-/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+- number N. */
+-extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+- const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+- int __category));
+-
+-
+-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+-
+-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__dirname));
+-
+-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+- DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+- const char *__codeset));
+-
+-
+-/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
+-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+-/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
+-
+-# define gettext(msgid) \
+- dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+-
+-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
+- dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+-
+-# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+- dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+-
+-# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
+- dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+-
+-#endif /* Optimizing. */
+-
+-
+-#ifdef __cplusplus
+-}
+-#endif
+-
+-#endif /* libintl.h */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/libgnuintl.h.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/libgnuintl.h.in
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/libgnuintl.h.in 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/libgnuintl.h.in 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
++/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
++#define _LIBINTL_H 1
++
++#include <locale.h>
++
++/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
++ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
++ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
++ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
++ then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
++ LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
++ in this case. */
++#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
++# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
++#endif
++
++/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
++ implementation of gettext. */
++#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
++
++/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
++ maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
++ ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
++
++/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
++ precedence over _conio_gettext. */
++#ifdef __DJGPP__
++# undef gettext
++#endif
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
++
++/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
++ necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
++ library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
++ If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
++ definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
++ shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
++ up in the following order:
++ 1. in the executable,
++ 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
++ 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
++ command line,
++ 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
++ dlopen()ed.
++ The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
++ either
++ * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
++ * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
++ * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
++ linked to the executable at link time.
++ Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
++ would be unacceptable.
++
++ The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
++ is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
++ C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
++ class methods called 'gettext'. */
++
++/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
++ If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
++ _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
++#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
++# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
++# else
++# ifdef __cplusplus
++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++# else
++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# endif
++# endif
++#endif
++/* Auxiliary macros. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
++# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
++# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
++# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
++#else
++# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
++#endif
++
++/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
++ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
++ text). */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
++static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
++{
++ return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define gettext libintl_gettext
++#endif
++extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
++#endif
++
++/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
++ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
++static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
++{
++ return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
++#endif
++extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
++#endif
++
++/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
++ locale. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
++ int __category);
++static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
++ int __category)
++{
++ return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
++#endif
++extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
++ int __category)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
++#endif
++
++
++/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
++ number N. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n);
++static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n)
++{
++ return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
++#endif
++extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
++#endif
++
++/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
++ number N. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
++ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
++static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
++ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
++{
++ return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
++#endif
++extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
++#endif
++
++/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
++ number N. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n, int __category);
++static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n, int __category)
++{
++ return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
++#endif
++extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
++ unsigned long int __n, int __category)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
++#endif
++
++
++/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
++ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
++ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
++static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
++{
++ return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
++#endif
++extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
++#endif
++
++/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
++ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__dirname);
++static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__dirname)
++{
++ return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
++#endif
++extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
++#endif
++
++/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
++ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
++extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__codeset);
++static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__codeset)
++{
++ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
++}
++#else
++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
++# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
++#endif
++extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
++ const char *__codeset)
++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
++#endif
++
++
++/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
++ POSIX/XSI specification.
++ Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
++ in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
++ Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
++ or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
++ of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
++
++#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
++
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++/* Get va_list. */
++#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
++# include <stdarg.h>
++#else
++# include <varargs.h>
++#endif
++
++#undef fprintf
++#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
++extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
++#undef vfprintf
++#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
++extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
++
++#undef printf
++#define printf libintl_printf
++extern int printf (const char *, ...);
++#undef vprintf
++#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
++extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
++
++#undef sprintf
++#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
++extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
++#undef vsprintf
++#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
++extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
++
++#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
++
++#undef snprintf
++#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
++extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
++#undef vsnprintf
++#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
++extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
++
++#endif
++
++#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
++
++#undef asprintf
++#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
++extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
++#undef vasprintf
++#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
++extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
++
++#endif
++
++#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
++
++#undef fwprintf
++#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
++extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
++#undef vfwprintf
++#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
++extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
++
++#undef wprintf
++#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
++extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
++#undef vwprintf
++#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
++extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
++
++#undef swprintf
++#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
++extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
++#undef vswprintf
++#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
++extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
++
++#endif
++
++#endif
++
++
++/* Support for relocatable packages. */
++
++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
++ instead of "/"). */
++#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
++extern void
++ libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
++ const char *curr_prefix);
++
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++
++#endif /* libintl.h */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/loadinfo.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/loadinfo.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/loadinfo.h 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/loadinfo.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,31 +1,36 @@
+-/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+ #define _LOADINFO_H 1
+
+-#ifndef PARAMS
+-# if __STDC__
+-# define PARAMS(args) args
+-# else
+-# define PARAMS(args) ()
+-# endif
+-#endif
++/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
++ Implemented in
++
++ localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
++ explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
++ l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
++ finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
++
++ The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
++ in gettextP.h.
++ */
+
+ #ifndef internal_function
+ # define internal_function
+@@ -63,7 +68,6 @@
+ struct loaded_l10nfile
+ {
+ const char *filename;
+- struct binding *domainbinding;
+ int decided;
+
+ const void *data;
+@@ -77,39 +81,65 @@
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+- size_t name_len));
++extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
++ size_t name_len);
+
++/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
++ *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
++ files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
++ DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
++ look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
++ MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
++ SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
++ produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix.
++ The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
++ or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
++ If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
++ its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
++ furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
++ results from which this lookup result inherits. */
+ extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+- const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+- const char *language, const char *territory,
+- const char *codeset,
+- const char *normalized_codeset,
+- const char *modifier, const char *special,
+- const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+- const char *filename,
+- struct binding *domainbinding, int do_allocate));
+-
+-
+-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+-
+-/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
+- the caller. */
+-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+- const char **modifier,
+- const char **territory,
+- const char **codeset,
+- const char **normalized_codeset,
+- const char **special,
+- const char **sponsor,
+- const char **revision));
++_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
++ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
++ const char *language, const char *territory,
++ const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
++ const char *modifier, const char *special,
++ const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
++ const char *filename, int do_allocate);
+
+-extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
++/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
++ NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
++ The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
++extern const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
+
++/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
++ territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
++ NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
++ there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
++ *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
++ pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET
++ gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
++ this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
++ The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
++ filled-in value:
++ XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER,
++ TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
++ XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
++ XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
++ CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL,
++ CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR,
++ CEN_REVISION for *REVISION.
++ */
++extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
++ const char **modifier, const char **territory,
++ const char **codeset,
++ const char **normalized_codeset,
++ const char **special, const char **sponsor,
++ const char **revision);
+
+-extern char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+- const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+- internal_function;
++/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
++ rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
++ i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
++extern char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
+
+ #endif /* loadinfo.h */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/loadmsgcat.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/loadmsgcat.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/loadmsgcat.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/loadmsgcat.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Load needed message catalogs.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ /* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+@@ -33,17 +34,23 @@
+ #include <sys/stat.h>
+
+ #ifdef __GNUC__
++# undef alloca
+ # define alloca __builtin_alloca
+ # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+ #else
+-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+-# include <alloca.h>
++# ifdef _MSC_VER
++# include <malloc.h>
++# define alloca _alloca
+ # else
+-# ifdef _AIX
+- #pragma alloca
++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
++# include <alloca.h>
+ # else
+-# ifndef alloca
++# ifdef _AIX
++ #pragma alloca
++# else
++# ifndef alloca
+ char *alloca ();
++# endif
+ # endif
+ # endif
+ # endif
+@@ -70,13 +77,380 @@
+ # undef HAVE_MMAP
+ #endif
+
+-#include "gettext.h"
++#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC
++# include <stdint.h>
++#endif
++#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC
++# include <inttypes.h>
++#endif
++
++#include "gmo.h"
+ #include "gettextP.h"
++#include "hash-string.h"
++#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ # include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+ #endif
+
++/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>.
++ Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't
++ use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */
++#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRId8
++# define PRId8 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIi8
++# define PRIi8 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIo8
++# define PRIo8 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIu8
++# define PRIu8 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIx8
++# define PRIx8 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIX8
++# define PRIX8 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRId16
++# define PRId16 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIi16
++# define PRIi16 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIo16
++# define PRIo16 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIu16
++# define PRIu16 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIx16
++# define PRIx16 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIX16
++# define PRIX16 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRId32
++# define PRId32 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIi32
++# define PRIi32 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIo32
++# define PRIo32 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIu32
++# define PRIu32 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIx32
++# define PRIx32 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIX32
++# define PRIX32 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRId64
++# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIi64
++# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIo64
++# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIu64
++# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIx64
++# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIX64
++# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdLEAST8
++# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiLEAST8
++# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoLEAST8
++# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuLEAST8
++# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxLEAST8
++# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXLEAST8
++# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdLEAST16
++# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiLEAST16
++# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoLEAST16
++# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuLEAST16
++# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxLEAST16
++# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXLEAST16
++# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdLEAST32
++# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiLEAST32
++# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoLEAST32
++# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuLEAST32
++# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxLEAST32
++# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXLEAST32
++# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdLEAST64
++# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiLEAST64
++# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoLEAST64
++# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuLEAST64
++# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxLEAST64
++# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXLEAST64
++# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdFAST8
++# define PRIdFAST8 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiFAST8
++# define PRIiFAST8 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoFAST8
++# define PRIoFAST8 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuFAST8
++# define PRIuFAST8 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxFAST8
++# define PRIxFAST8 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXFAST8
++# define PRIXFAST8 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdFAST16
++# define PRIdFAST16 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiFAST16
++# define PRIiFAST16 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoFAST16
++# define PRIoFAST16 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuFAST16
++# define PRIuFAST16 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxFAST16
++# define PRIxFAST16 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXFAST16
++# define PRIXFAST16 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdFAST32
++# define PRIdFAST32 "d"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiFAST32
++# define PRIiFAST32 "i"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoFAST32
++# define PRIoFAST32 "o"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuFAST32
++# define PRIuFAST32 "u"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxFAST32
++# define PRIxFAST32 "x"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXFAST32
++# define PRIXFAST32 "X"
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdFAST64
++# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiFAST64
++# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoFAST64
++# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuFAST64
++# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxFAST64
++# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXFAST64
++# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdMAX
++# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiMAX
++# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoMAX
++# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuMAX
++# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxMAX
++# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXMAX
++# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIdPTR
++# define PRIdPTR \
++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \
++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \
++ "lld")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIiPTR
++# define PRIiPTR \
++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \
++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \
++ "lli")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIoPTR
++# define PRIoPTR \
++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \
++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \
++ "llo")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIuPTR
++# define PRIuPTR \
++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \
++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \
++ "llu")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIxPTR
++# define PRIxPTR \
++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \
++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \
++ "llx")
++#endif
++#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
++# undef PRIXPTR
++# define PRIXPTR \
++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \
++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \
++ "llX")
++#endif
++
+ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+@@ -90,16 +464,6 @@
+ # define munmap __munmap
+ #endif
+
+-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+-#ifdef _LIBC
+-# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+-#else
+-# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
+-#endif
+-
+ /* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+@@ -126,85 +490,424 @@
+ # define O_BINARY 0
+ #endif
+
++
+ /* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+ with all translations. This is important if the translations are
+ cached by one of GCC's features. */
+ int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+-#if defined __GNUC__ \
+- || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+-/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+- form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
+-static const struct expression plvar =
+-{
+- .nargs = 0,
+- .operation = var,
+-};
+-static const struct expression plone =
+-{
+- .nargs = 0,
+- .operation = num,
+- .val =
+- {
+- .num = 1
+- }
+-};
+-static struct expression germanic_plural =
++/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */
++static const char *
++get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name)
+ {
+- .nargs = 2,
+- .operation = not_equal,
+- .val =
+- {
+- .args =
++ /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive.
++ Syntax:
++ P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X }
++ { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */
++ /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because
++ data relocations cost startup time. */
++ if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I')
+ {
+- [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+- [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
++ if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u'
++ || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X')
++ {
++ if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRId8;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIi8;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIo8;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIu8;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIx8;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIX8;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRId16;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIi16;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIo16;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIu16;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIx16;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIX16;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRId32;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIi32;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIo32;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIu32;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIx32;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIX32;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRId64;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIi64;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIo64;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIu64;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIx64;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIX64;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A'
++ && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T')
++ {
++ if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdLEAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiLEAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoLEAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuLEAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxLEAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXLEAST8;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdLEAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiLEAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoLEAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuLEAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxLEAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXLEAST16;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdLEAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiLEAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoLEAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuLEAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxLEAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXLEAST32;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdLEAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiLEAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoLEAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuLEAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxLEAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXLEAST64;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ }
++ if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S'
++ && name[7] == 'T')
++ {
++ if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdFAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiFAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoFAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuFAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxFAST8;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXFAST8;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdFAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiFAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoFAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuFAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxFAST16;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXFAST16;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdFAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiFAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoFAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuFAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxFAST32;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXFAST32;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdFAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiFAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoFAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuFAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxFAST64;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXFAST64;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ }
++ if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X'
++ && name[7] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdMAX;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiMAX;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoMAX;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuMAX;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxMAX;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXMAX;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R'
++ && name[7] == '\0')
++ {
++ if (name[3] == 'd')
++ return PRIdPTR;
++ if (name[3] == 'i')
++ return PRIiPTR;
++ if (name[3] == 'o')
++ return PRIoPTR;
++ if (name[3] == 'u')
++ return PRIuPTR;
++ if (name[3] == 'x')
++ return PRIxPTR;
++ if (name[3] == 'X')
++ return PRIXPTR;
++ abort ();
++ }
++ }
+ }
+- }
+-};
++ /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */
++ if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0')
++ {
++#if defined _LIBC || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2)
++ /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits
++ with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is
++ used for Farsi (Persian) and maybe Arabic. */
++ return "I";
++#else
++ return "";
++#endif
++ }
++ /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */
++ return NULL;
++}
+
+-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
++/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
++ Return the header entry. */
++const char *
++internal_function
++_nl_init_domain_conv (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
++ struct loaded_domain *domain,
++ struct binding *domainbinding)
++{
++ /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
++ This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
++ entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
++ information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
++ current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
++ char *nullentry;
++ size_t nullentrylen;
+
++ /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
++ domain->codeset_cntr =
++ (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
++#ifdef _LIBC
++ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+ #else
++# if HAVE_ICONV
++ domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
++# endif
++#endif
++ domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+-/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+- Initialization at run-time. */
+-
+-static struct expression plvar;
+-static struct expression plone;
+-static struct expression germanic_plural;
++ /* Get the header entry. */
++ nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+-static void
+-init_germanic_plural ()
+-{
+- if (plone.val.num == 0)
++ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+- plvar.nargs = 0;
+- plvar.operation = var;
++#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
++ const char *charsetstr;
+
+- plone.nargs = 0;
+- plone.operation = num;
+- plone.val.num = 1;
++ charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
++ if (charsetstr != NULL)
++ {
++ size_t len;
++ char *charset;
++ const char *outcharset;
+
+- germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
+- germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
+- germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+- germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
++ charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
++ len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
++
++ charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
++# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
++ *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
++# else
++ memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
++ charset[len] = '\0';
++# endif
++
++ /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
++ locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
++ set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
++ this. Moreover, the value specified through
++ bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
++ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
++ outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
++ else
++ {
++ outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
++ if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
++ {
++# ifdef _LIBC
++ outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET);
++# else
++# if HAVE_ICONV
++ extern const char *locale_charset (void);
++ outcharset = locale_charset ();
++# endif
++# endif
++ }
++ }
++
++# ifdef _LIBC
++ /* We always want to use transliteration. */
++ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
++ charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
++ if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
++ GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
++ != __GCONV_OK)
++ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
++# else
++# if HAVE_ICONV
++ /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
++ we want to use transliteration. */
++# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
++ || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
++ if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL)
++ {
++ char *tmp;
++
++ len = strlen (outcharset);
++ tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
++ memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
++ memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
++ outcharset = tmp;
++
++ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
++
++ freea (outcharset);
++ }
++ else
++# endif
++ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
++# endif
++# endif
++
++ freea (charset);
++ }
++#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+ }
++
++ return nullentry;
+ }
+
+-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
++/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
++void
++internal_function
++_nl_free_domain_conv (struct loaded_domain *domain)
++{
++ if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
++ free (domain->conv_tab);
+
++#ifdef _LIBC
++ if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
++ __gconv_close (domain->conv);
++#else
++# if HAVE_ICONV
++ if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
++ iconv_close (domain->conv);
++# endif
+ #endif
+-
++}
+
+ /* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
+ message catalog do nothing. */
+ void
+ internal_function
+-_nl_load_domain (domain_file)
+- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
++_nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
++ struct binding *domainbinding)
+ {
+ int fd;
+ size_t size;
+@@ -216,12 +919,16 @@
+ struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+ int use_mmap = 0;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+- char *nullentry;
+- size_t nullentrylen;
++ int revision;
++ const char *nullentry;
+
+ domain_file->decided = 1;
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+
++ /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
++ because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
++ a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
++
+ /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+ might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
+ specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+@@ -320,22 +1027,353 @@
+ domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+ domain->mmap_size = size;
+ domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
++ domain->malloced = NULL;
+
+ /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
+- switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
++ revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision);
++ /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */
++ switch (revision >> 16)
+ {
+ case 0:
++ case 1:
+ domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+- domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
++ domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+- domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
++ domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+ domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+- domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
+- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
++ domain->hash_tab =
++ (domain->hash_size > 2
++ ? (const nls_uint32 *)
++ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset))
++ : NULL);
++ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap;
++
++ /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */
++ switch (revision & 0xffff)
++ {
++ case 0:
++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
++ break;
++ case 1:
++ default:
++ {
++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
++
++ if (domain->hash_tab == NULL)
++ /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */
++ goto invalid;
++
++ n_sysdep_strings =
++ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings);
++ if (n_sysdep_strings > 0)
++ {
++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
++ const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments;
++ const char **sysdep_segment_values;
++ const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab;
++ const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab;
++ nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings;
++ size_t memneed;
++ char *mem;
++ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
++ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
++ nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab;
++ unsigned int i, j;
++
++ /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */
++ n_sysdep_segments =
++ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments);
++ sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *)
++ ((char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset));
++ sysdep_segment_values =
++ alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *));
++ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++)
++ {
++ const char *name =
++ (char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset);
++ nls_uint32 namelen =
++ W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length);
++
++ if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0'))
++ {
++ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
++ goto invalid;
++ }
++
++ sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name);
++ }
++
++ orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
++ ((char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset));
++ trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
++ ((char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset));
++
++ /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the
++ system dependent strings and the augmented hash table.
++ At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to
++ an undefined system dependent segment. */
++ n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0;
++ memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
++ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
++ {
++ int valid = 1;
++ size_t needs[2];
++
++ for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
++ {
++ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
++ (const struct sysdep_string *)
++ ((char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap,
++ j == 0
++ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
++ : trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
++ size_t need = 0;
++ const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
++
++ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
++ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
++ {
++ nls_uint32 sysdepref;
++
++ need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
++
++ sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
++ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
++ break;
++
++ if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
++ {
++ /* Invalid. */
++ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
++ goto invalid;
++ }
++
++ if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL)
++ {
++ /* This particular string pair is invalid. */
++ valid = 0;
++ break;
++ }
++
++ need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
++ }
++
++ needs[j] = need;
++ if (!valid)
++ break;
++ }
++
++ if (valid)
++ {
++ n_inmem_sysdep_strings++;
++ memneed += needs[0] + needs[1];
++ }
++ }
++ memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings
++ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
++
++ if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0)
++ {
++ unsigned int k;
++
++ /* Allocate additional memory. */
++ mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
++ if (mem == NULL)
++ goto invalid;
++
++ domain->malloced = mem;
++ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
++ mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings
++ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
++ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
++ mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings
++ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
++ inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
++ mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
++
++ /* Compute the system dependent strings. */
++ k = 0;
++ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
++ {
++ int valid = 1;
++
++ for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
++ {
++ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
++ (const struct sysdep_string *)
++ ((char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap,
++ j == 0
++ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
++ : trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
++ const struct segment_pair *p =
++ sysdep_string->segments;
++
++ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref)
++ != SEGMENTS_END)
++ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
++ {
++ nls_uint32 sysdepref;
++
++ sysdepref =
++ W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
++ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
++ break;
++
++ if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL)
++ {
++ /* This particular string pair is
++ invalid. */
++ valid = 0;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (!valid)
++ break;
++ }
++
++ if (valid)
++ {
++ for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
++ {
++ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
++ (const struct sysdep_string *)
++ ((char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap,
++ j == 0
++ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
++ : trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
++ const char *static_segments =
++ (char *) data
++ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
++ const struct segment_pair *p =
++ sysdep_string->segments;
++
++ /* Concatenate the segments, and fill
++ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and
++ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */
++
++ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry =
++ (j == 0
++ ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab
++ : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab)
++ + k;
++
++ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref)
++ == SEGMENTS_END)
++ {
++ /* Only one static segment. */
++ inmem_tab_entry->length =
++ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
++ inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem;
++
++ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
++ {
++ nls_uint32 segsize =
++ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
++ nls_uint32 sysdepref =
++ W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
++ size_t n;
++
++ if (segsize > 0)
++ {
++ memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
++ mem += segsize;
++ static_segments += segsize;
++ }
++
++ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
++ break;
++
++ n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
++ memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
++ mem += n;
++ }
++
++ inmem_tab_entry->length =
++ mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer;
++ }
++ }
++
++ k++;
++ }
++ }
++ if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings)
++ abort ();
++
++ /* Compute the augmented hash table. */
++ for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
++ inmem_hash_tab[i] =
++ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
++ for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++)
++ {
++ const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
++ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
++ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
++ nls_uint32 incr =
++ 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
++
++ for (;;)
++ {
++ if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
++ {
++ /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */
++ inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
++ break;
++ }
++
++ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
++ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
++ else
++ idx += incr;
++ }
++ }
++
++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings;
++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
++
++ domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
++ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
++ }
++
++ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
++ }
++ }
++ break;
++ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* This is an invalid revision. */
++ invalid:
++ /* This is an invalid .mo file. */
++ if (domain->malloced)
++ free (domain->malloced);
+ #ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+@@ -347,154 +1385,28 @@
+ return;
+ }
+
+- /* Now find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+- This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
+- entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+- information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+- current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
+-#ifdef _LIBC
+- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+-#else
+-# if HAVE_ICONV
+- domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+-# endif
+-#endif
+- domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+- nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, "", &nullentrylen);
+- if (nullentry != NULL)
+- {
+-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+- const char *charsetstr;
+-
+- charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+- if (charsetstr != NULL)
+- {
+- size_t len;
+- char *charset;
+- const char *outcharset;
+-
+- charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+- len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+-
+- charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+-# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+- *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+-# else
+- memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+- charset[len] = '\0';
+-# endif
+-
+- /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+- locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+- set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+- this. Moreover, the value specified through
+- bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
+- if (domain_file->domainbinding != NULL
+- && domain_file->domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+- outcharset = domain_file->domainbinding->codeset;
+- else
+- {
+- outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+- if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+- {
+-# ifdef _LIBC
+- outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
+-# else
+-# if HAVE_ICONV
+- extern const char *locale_charset (void);
+- outcharset = locale_charset ();
+-# endif
+-# endif
+- }
+- }
+-
+-# ifdef _LIBC
+- /* We always want to use transliteration. */
+- outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+- charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+- if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+- GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+- != __GCONV_OK)
+- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+-# else
+-# if HAVE_ICONV
+- domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+-# endif
+-# endif
+-
+- freea (charset);
+- }
+-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+- }
++ /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
++ the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
++ specified character set or the locale's character set. */
++ nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+ /* Also look for a plural specification. */
+- if (nullentry != NULL)
+- {
+- const char *plural;
+- const char *nplurals;
+-
+- plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+- nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+- if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+- goto no_plural;
+- else
+- {
+- /* First get the number. */
+- char *endp;
+- unsigned long int n;
+- struct parse_args args;
+-
+- nplurals += 9;
+- while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
+- ++nplurals;
+-#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+- n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+-#else
+- for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+- n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+-#endif
+- domain->nplurals = n;
+- if (nplurals == endp)
+- goto no_plural;
+-
+- /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+- scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+- passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+- is passed down to the parser. */
+- plural += 7;
+- args.cp = plural;
+- if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+- goto no_plural;
+- domain->plural = args.res;
+- }
+- }
+- else
+- {
+- /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+- for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
+- English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
+- no_plural:
+- INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+- domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
+- domain->nplurals = 2;
+- }
++ EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
+ }
+
+
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+ void
+ internal_function
+-_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+- struct loaded_domain *domain;
++_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain)
+ {
+- if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
++ if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
+ __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+- if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+- free (domain->conv_tab);
++ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+- if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+- __gconv_close (domain->conv);
++ if (domain->malloced)
++ free (domain->malloced);
+
+ # ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+ if (domain->use_mmap)
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localcharset.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localcharset.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localcharset.c 2001-04-13 23:00:43.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localcharset.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ /* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+- Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+@@ -17,12 +17,15 @@
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+-/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
++/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+ #endif
+
++/* Specification. */
++#include "localcharset.h"
++
+ #if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+ # include <stddef.h>
+ #endif
+@@ -42,7 +45,12 @@
+ # define WIN32
+ #endif
+
+-#ifndef WIN32
++#if defined __EMX__
++/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
++# define OS2
++#endif
++
++#if !defined WIN32
+ # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+ # include <langinfo.h>
+ # else
+@@ -50,10 +58,25 @@
+ # include <locale.h>
+ # endif
+ # endif
+-#else /* WIN32 */
++#elif defined WIN32
+ # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+ # include <windows.h>
+ #endif
++#if defined OS2
++# define INCL_DOS
++# include <os2.h>
++#endif
++
++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
++# include "relocatable.h"
++#else
++# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
++#endif
++
++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
++#endif
+
+ #ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+ # define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+@@ -63,6 +86,11 @@
+ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+ #endif
+
++#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
++# undef getc
++# define getc getc_unlocked
++#endif
++
+ /* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+@@ -75,20 +103,20 @@
+ /* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+ read, else NULL. Its format is:
+ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
+-static char * volatile charset_aliases;
++static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+ /* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
+ static const char *
+ get_charset_aliases ()
+ {
+- char *cp;
++ const char *cp;
+
+ cp = charset_aliases;
+ if (cp == NULL)
+ {
+-#ifndef WIN32
++#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
+ FILE *fp;
+- const char *dir = LIBDIR;
++ const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+ const char *base = "charset.alias";
+ char *file_name;
+
+@@ -138,19 +166,19 @@
+ continue;
+ }
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+- if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
++ if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+ break;
+ l1 = strlen (buf1);
+ l2 = strlen (buf2);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ {
+ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+- res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
++ res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+- res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
++ res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+ }
+ if (res_ptr == NULL)
+ {
+@@ -174,14 +202,54 @@
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ free (file_name);
+
+-#else /* WIN32 */
++#else
++
++# if defined VMS
++ /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
++ sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
++ /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
++ "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
++ section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
++ cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
++ "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
++ "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
++ "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
++ "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
++ "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
++ /* Japanese */
++ "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
++ "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
++ "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
++ "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
++ /* Chinese */
++ "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
++ "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
++ "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
++ /* Korean */
++ "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
++# endif
+
++# if defined WIN32
+ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
+
+ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+- "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
++ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
++ "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
++ "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
++ "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
++ "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
++ "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
++ "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
++ "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
++ "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
++ "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
++ "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
++ "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
++ "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
++ "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
++# endif
+ #endif
+
+ charset_aliases = cp;
+@@ -205,7 +273,7 @@
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *aliases;
+
+-#ifndef WIN32
++#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
+
+ # if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+@@ -242,14 +310,67 @@
+
+ # endif
+
+-#else /* WIN32 */
++#elif defined WIN32
+
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+- /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
++ /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+ codeset = buf;
+
++#elif defined OS2
++
++ const char *locale;
++ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
++ ULONG cp[3];
++ ULONG cplen;
++
++ /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
++ with standard language environment variables. */
++ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
++ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
++ {
++ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
++ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
++ locale = getenv ("LANG");
++ }
++ if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
++ {
++ /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
++ const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
++
++ if (dot != NULL)
++ {
++ const char *modifier;
++
++ dot++;
++ /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
++ modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
++ if (modifier == NULL)
++ return dot;
++ if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
++ {
++ memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
++ buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
++ return buf;
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
++ codeset = locale;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
++ if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
++ codeset = "";
++ else
++ {
++ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
++ codeset = buf;
++ }
++ }
++
+ #endif
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+@@ -267,5 +388,11 @@
+ break;
+ }
+
++ /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
++ the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
++ thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
++ if (codeset[0] == '\0')
++ codeset = "ASCII";
++
+ return codeset;
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localcharset.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localcharset.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localcharset.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localcharset.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
++/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
++#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
++
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
++
++/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
++ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
++ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
++ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
++ name. */
++extern const char * locale_charset (void);
++
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++
++
++#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/locale.alias psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/locale.alias
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/locale.alias 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/locale.alias 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ # Locale name alias data base.
+-# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ #
+-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ # any later version.
+ #
+ # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+-# GNU General Public License for more details.
++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++# Library General Public License for more details.
+ #
+-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
++# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++# USA.
+
+ # The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+ # the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+@@ -28,8 +29,8 @@
+
+ # Packages using this file:
+
+-bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+-bokml no_NO.ISO-8859-1
++bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
++bokml nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+ catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+ croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+ czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+@@ -46,7 +47,7 @@
+ galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+ german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+ greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+-hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
++hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+ hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+ hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+ icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+@@ -60,9 +61,9 @@
+ korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
+ ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
+ lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+-nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+-nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+-norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
++no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
++no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
++norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+ nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+ polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+ portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localealias.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localealias.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localealias.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localealias.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Handle aliases for locale names.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ /* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+@@ -28,36 +29,45 @@
+
+ #include <ctype.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
++#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
++# include <stdio_ext.h>
++#endif
+ #include <sys/types.h>
+
+ #ifdef __GNUC__
++# undef alloca
+ # define alloca __builtin_alloca
+ # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+ #else
+-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+-# include <alloca.h>
++# ifdef _MSC_VER
++# include <malloc.h>
++# define alloca _alloca
+ # else
+-# ifdef _AIX
+- #pragma alloca
++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
++# include <alloca.h>
+ # else
+-# ifndef alloca
++# ifdef _AIX
++ #pragma alloca
++# else
++# ifndef alloca
+ char *alloca ();
++# endif
+ # endif
+ # endif
+ # endif
+ #endif
+
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+-
+ #include <string.h>
+-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+-# ifndef strchr
+-# define strchr index
+-# endif
+-#endif
+
+ #include "gettextP.h"
+
++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
++# include "relocatable.h"
++#else
++# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
++#endif
++
+ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+ #ifdef _LIBC
+@@ -70,6 +80,7 @@
+ # define mempcpy __mempcpy
+ # endif
+ # define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
++# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
+
+ /* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
+ # include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+@@ -81,6 +92,15 @@
+ # define internal_function
+ #endif
+
++/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
++#ifdef _LIBC
++# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
++# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
++#else
++# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
++# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
++#endif
++
+ /* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+@@ -90,11 +110,11 @@
+ # define freea(p) free (p)
+ #endif
+
+-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
++#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+ # undef fgets
+ # define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+ #endif
+-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
++#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+ # undef feof
+ # define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+ #endif
+@@ -107,27 +127,30 @@
+ };
+
+
+-static char *string_space;
++#ifndef _LIBC
++# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
++#endif
++
++libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
+ static size_t string_space_act;
+ static size_t string_space_max;
+-static struct alias_map *map;
++libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
+ static size_t nmap;
+ static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+ /* Prototypes for local functions. */
+-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
++static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
+ internal_function;
+-static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+- const struct alias_map *map2));
++static int extend_alias_table (void);
++static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
++ const struct alias_map *map2);
+
+
+ const char *
+-_nl_expand_alias (name)
+- const char *name;
++_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
+ {
+- static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
++ static const char *locale_alias_path;
+ struct alias_map *retval;
+ const char *result = NULL;
+ size_t added;
+@@ -136,6 +159,9 @@
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+ #endif
+
++ if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
++ locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
++
+ do
+ {
+ struct alias_map item;
+@@ -145,8 +171,8 @@
+ if (nmap > 0)
+ retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+ sizeof (struct alias_map),
+- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+- const void *))
++ (int (*) (const void *,
++ const void *)
+ ) alias_compare);
+ else
+ retval = NULL;
+@@ -188,9 +214,7 @@
+
+ static size_t
+ internal_function
+-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+- const char *fname;
+- int fname_len;
++read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
+ {
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *full_fname;
+@@ -206,58 +230,52 @@
+ memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+ #endif
+
+- fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
++ fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
+ freea (full_fname);
+ if (fp == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
++#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
++ /* No threads present. */
++ __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
++#endif
++
+ added = 0;
+- while (!feof (fp))
++ while (!FEOF (fp))
+ {
+ /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+ a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+ b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+ be that long
+- */
+- char buf[BUFSIZ];
++ We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
++ stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
++ memory. */
++ char buf[400];
+ char *alias;
+ char *value;
+ char *cp;
+
+- if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
++ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* EOF reached. */
+ break;
+
+- /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
+- the rest of the line. */
+- if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+- {
+- char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
+- do
+- if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
+- /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
+- will exit at the `feof' test. */
+- break;
+- while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
+- }
+-
+ cp = buf;
+ /* Ignore leading white space. */
+- while (isspace (cp[0]))
++ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+ {
+ alias = cp++;
+- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate alias name. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
+- while (isspace (cp[0]))
++ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+@@ -266,7 +284,7 @@
+ size_t value_len;
+
+ value = cp++;
+- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate value. */
+ if (cp[0] == '\n')
+@@ -324,6 +342,14 @@
+ ++added;
+ }
+ }
++
++ /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
++ the rest of the line. */
++ while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
++ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
++ /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
++ will exit at the `feof' test. */
++ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
+@@ -332,7 +358,7 @@
+
+ if (added > 0)
+ qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
++ (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
+
+ return added;
+ }
+@@ -357,23 +383,8 @@
+ }
+
+
+-#ifdef _LIBC
+-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+-free_mem (void)
+-{
+- if (string_space != NULL)
+- free (string_space);
+- if (map != NULL)
+- free (map);
+-}
+-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+-#endif
+-
+-
+ static int
+-alias_compare (map1, map2)
+- const struct alias_map *map1;
+- const struct alias_map *map2;
++alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
+ {
+ #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+ return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localename.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localename.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/localename.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/localename.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,1142 @@
++/* Determine the current selected locale.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */
++/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include <config.h>
++#endif
++
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <locale.h>
++
++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
++# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
++# define WIN32
++#endif
++
++#ifdef WIN32
++# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
++# include <windows.h>
++/* List of language codes, sorted by value:
++ 0x01 LANG_ARABIC
++ 0x02 LANG_BULGARIAN
++ 0x03 LANG_CATALAN
++ 0x04 LANG_CHINESE
++ 0x05 LANG_CZECH
++ 0x06 LANG_DANISH
++ 0x07 LANG_GERMAN
++ 0x08 LANG_GREEK
++ 0x09 LANG_ENGLISH
++ 0x0a LANG_SPANISH
++ 0x0b LANG_FINNISH
++ 0x0c LANG_FRENCH
++ 0x0d LANG_HEBREW
++ 0x0e LANG_HUNGARIAN
++ 0x0f LANG_ICELANDIC
++ 0x10 LANG_ITALIAN
++ 0x11 LANG_JAPANESE
++ 0x12 LANG_KOREAN
++ 0x13 LANG_DUTCH
++ 0x14 LANG_NORWEGIAN
++ 0x15 LANG_POLISH
++ 0x16 LANG_PORTUGUESE
++ 0x17 LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE
++ 0x18 LANG_ROMANIAN
++ 0x19 LANG_RUSSIAN
++ 0x1a LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
++ 0x1b LANG_SLOVAK
++ 0x1c LANG_ALBANIAN
++ 0x1d LANG_SWEDISH
++ 0x1e LANG_THAI
++ 0x1f LANG_TURKISH
++ 0x20 LANG_URDU
++ 0x21 LANG_INDONESIAN
++ 0x22 LANG_UKRAINIAN
++ 0x23 LANG_BELARUSIAN
++ 0x24 LANG_SLOVENIAN
++ 0x25 LANG_ESTONIAN
++ 0x26 LANG_LATVIAN
++ 0x27 LANG_LITHUANIAN
++ 0x28 LANG_TAJIK
++ 0x29 LANG_FARSI
++ 0x2a LANG_VIETNAMESE
++ 0x2b LANG_ARMENIAN
++ 0x2c LANG_AZERI
++ 0x2d LANG_BASQUE
++ 0x2e LANG_SORBIAN
++ 0x2f LANG_MACEDONIAN
++ 0x30 LANG_SUTU
++ 0x31 LANG_TSONGA
++ 0x32 LANG_TSWANA
++ 0x33 LANG_VENDA
++ 0x34 LANG_XHOSA
++ 0x35 LANG_ZULU
++ 0x36 LANG_AFRIKAANS
++ 0x37 LANG_GEORGIAN
++ 0x38 LANG_FAEROESE
++ 0x39 LANG_HINDI
++ 0x3a LANG_MALTESE
++ 0x3b LANG_SAAMI
++ 0x3c LANG_GAELIC
++ 0x3d LANG_YIDDISH
++ 0x3e LANG_MALAY
++ 0x3f LANG_KAZAK
++ 0x40 LANG_KYRGYZ
++ 0x41 LANG_SWAHILI
++ 0x42 LANG_TURKMEN
++ 0x43 LANG_UZBEK
++ 0x44 LANG_TATAR
++ 0x45 LANG_BENGALI
++ 0x46 LANG_PUNJABI
++ 0x47 LANG_GUJARATI
++ 0x48 LANG_ORIYA
++ 0x49 LANG_TAMIL
++ 0x4a LANG_TELUGU
++ 0x4b LANG_KANNADA
++ 0x4c LANG_MALAYALAM
++ 0x4d LANG_ASSAMESE
++ 0x4e LANG_MARATHI
++ 0x4f LANG_SANSKRIT
++ 0x50 LANG_MONGOLIAN
++ 0x51 LANG_TIBETAN
++ 0x52 LANG_WELSH
++ 0x53 LANG_CAMBODIAN
++ 0x54 LANG_LAO
++ 0x55 LANG_BURMESE
++ 0x56 LANG_GALICIAN
++ 0x57 LANG_KONKANI
++ 0x58 LANG_MANIPURI
++ 0x59 LANG_SINDHI
++ 0x5a LANG_SYRIAC
++ 0x5b LANG_SINHALESE
++ 0x5c LANG_CHEROKEE
++ 0x5d LANG_INUKTITUT
++ 0x5e LANG_AMHARIC
++ 0x5f LANG_TAMAZIGHT
++ 0x60 LANG_KASHMIRI
++ 0x61 LANG_NEPALI
++ 0x62 LANG_FRISIAN
++ 0x63 LANG_PASHTO
++ 0x64 LANG_TAGALOG
++ 0x65 LANG_DIVEHI
++ 0x66 LANG_EDO
++ 0x67 LANG_FULFULDE
++ 0x68 LANG_HAUSA
++ 0x69 LANG_IBIBIO
++ 0x6a LANG_YORUBA
++ 0x70 LANG_IGBO
++ 0x71 LANG_KANURI
++ 0x72 LANG_OROMO
++ 0x73 LANG_TIGRINYA
++ 0x74 LANG_GUARANI
++ 0x75 LANG_HAWAIIAN
++ 0x76 LANG_LATIN
++ 0x77 LANG_SOMALI
++ 0x78 LANG_YI
++ 0x79 LANG_PAPIAMENTU
++*/
++/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */
++# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
++# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
++# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_AMHARIC
++# define LANG_AMHARIC 0x5e
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
++# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
++# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
++# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_AZERI
++# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
++# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
++# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
++# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_BURMESE
++# define LANG_BURMESE 0x55
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_CAMBODIAN
++# define LANG_CAMBODIAN 0x53
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
++# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_CHEROKEE
++# define LANG_CHEROKEE 0x5c
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
++# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_EDO
++# define LANG_EDO 0x66
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
++# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
++# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_FARSI
++# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_FRISIAN
++# define LANG_FRISIAN 0x62
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_FULFULDE
++# define LANG_FULFULDE 0x67
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_GAELIC
++# define LANG_GAELIC 0x3c
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
++# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
++# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_GUARANI
++# define LANG_GUARANI 0x74
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
++# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_HAUSA
++# define LANG_HAUSA 0x68
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_HAWAIIAN
++# define LANG_HAWAIIAN 0x75
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
++# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_HINDI
++# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_IBIBIO
++# define LANG_IBIBIO 0x69
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_IGBO
++# define LANG_IGBO 0x70
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
++# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_INUKTITUT
++# define LANG_INUKTITUT 0x5d
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
++# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_KANURI
++# define LANG_KANURI 0x71
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
++# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
++# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
++# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
++# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_LAO
++# define LANG_LAO 0x54
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_LATIN
++# define LANG_LATIN 0x76
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
++# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
++# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
++# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_MALAY
++# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
++# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_MALTESE
++# define LANG_MALTESE 0x3a
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
++# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
++# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
++# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
++# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
++# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_OROMO
++# define LANG_OROMO 0x72
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_PAPIAMENTU
++# define LANG_PAPIAMENTU 0x79
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_PASHTO
++# define LANG_PASHTO 0x63
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
++# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE
++# define LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE 0x17
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SAAMI
++# define LANG_SAAMI 0x3b
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
++# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
++# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
++# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SINHALESE
++# define LANG_SINHALESE 0x5b
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
++# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SOMALI
++# define LANG_SOMALI 0x77
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
++# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SUTU
++# define LANG_SUTU 0x30
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
++# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
++# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TAGALOG
++# define LANG_TAGALOG 0x64
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TAJIK
++# define LANG_TAJIK 0x28
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TAMAZIGHT
++# define LANG_TAMAZIGHT 0x5f
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
++# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TATAR
++# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
++# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_THAI
++# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TIBETAN
++# define LANG_TIBETAN 0x51
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TIGRINYA
++# define LANG_TIGRINYA 0x73
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TSONGA
++# define LANG_TSONGA 0x31
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TSWANA
++# define LANG_TSWANA 0x32
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_TURKMEN
++# define LANG_TURKMEN 0x42
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
++# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_URDU
++# define LANG_URDU 0x20
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
++# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_VENDA
++# define LANG_VENDA 0x33
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
++# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_WELSH
++# define LANG_WELSH 0x52
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_XHOSA
++# define LANG_XHOSA 0x34
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_YI
++# define LANG_YI 0x78
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_YIDDISH
++# define LANG_YIDDISH 0x3d
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_YORUBA
++# define LANG_YORUBA 0x6a
++# endif
++# ifndef LANG_ZULU
++# define LANG_ZULU 0x35
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
++# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
++# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA
++# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA 0x00
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH
++# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
++# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x0e
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG 0x0f
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x10
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x11
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE
++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x12
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES 0x07
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION 0x08
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO 0x09
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x0a
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x0b
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE 0x0c
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI 0x0d
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x0e
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI
++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI 0x0f
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
++# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
++# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
++# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
++# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
++# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
++# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA
++# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x00
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN
++# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA
++# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x00
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA
++# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
++# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
++# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA
++# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA 0x00
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN
++# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
++# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC
++# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN
++# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA
++# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA 0x00
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA
++# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
++# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
++# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
++# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
++# endif
++# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
++# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
++# endif
++#endif
++
++/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
++ "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
++ setting of 'local'."
++ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
++ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
++ those using GNU C Library). */
++#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
++# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
++#endif
++
++/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
++ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
++ The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
++ should be used for codeset information instead.
++ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */
++
++const char *
++_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname)
++{
++ const char *retval;
++
++#ifndef WIN32
++
++ /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
++ On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */
++# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
++ retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
++# else
++ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
++ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
++ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
++ {
++ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
++ retval = getenv (categoryname);
++ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
++ {
++ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
++ retval = getenv ("LANG");
++ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
++ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
++ implementation defined. */
++ retval = "C";
++ }
++ }
++# endif
++
++ return retval;
++
++#else /* WIN32 */
++
++ /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
++ Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
++ context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
++ codeset. */
++
++ LCID lcid;
++ LANGID langid;
++ int primary, sub;
++
++ /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
++ variables, as on POSIX systems. */
++ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
++ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
++ return retval;
++ retval = getenv (categoryname);
++ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
++ return retval;
++ retval = getenv ("LANG");
++ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
++ return retval;
++
++ /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */
++ lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
++
++ /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */
++ langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
++
++ /* Split into language and territory part. */
++ primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
++ sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
++
++ /* Dispatch on language.
++ See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
++ For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */
++ switch (primary)
++ {
++ case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
++ case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
++ case LANG_AMHARIC: return "am_ET";
++ case LANG_ARABIC:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
++ }
++ return "ar";
++ case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
++ case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
++ case LANG_AZERI:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */
++ case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
++ case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
++ }
++ return "az";
++ case LANG_BASQUE:
++ return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */
++ case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
++ case LANG_BENGALI:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA: return "bn_IN";
++ case SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH: return "bn_BD";
++ }
++ return "bn";
++ case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
++ case LANG_BURMESE: return "my_MM";
++ case LANG_CAMBODIAN: return "km_KH";
++ case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
++ case LANG_CHEROKEE: return "chr_US";
++ case LANG_CHINESE:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
++ }
++ return "zh";
++ case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
++ * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
++ * should really now be two separate
++ * languages because of political reasons.
++ * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
++ * or Croatian.)
++ * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
++ */
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
++ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_CS";
++ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_CS@cyrillic";
++ }
++ return "hr";
++ case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
++ case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
++ case LANG_DIVEHI: return "dv_MV";
++ case LANG_DUTCH:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
++ case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
++ }
++ return "nl";
++ case LANG_EDO: return "bin_NG";
++ case LANG_ENGLISH:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
++ * English was the language spoken in England.
++ * Oh well.
++ */
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA: return "en_ID";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG: return "en_HK";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA: return "en_IN";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA: return "en_MY";
++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE: return "en_SG";
++ }
++ return "en";
++ case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
++ case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
++ case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
++ case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
++ case LANG_FRENCH:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES: return "fr"; /* Caribbean? */
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION: return "fr_RE";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO: return "fr_CG";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL: return "fr_SN";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON: return "fr_CM";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE: return "fr_CI";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI: return "fr_ML";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO: return "fr_MA";
++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI: return "fr_HT";
++ }
++ return "fr";
++ case LANG_FRISIAN: return "fy_NL";
++ case LANG_FULFULDE:
++ /* Spoken in Nigeria, Guinea, Senegal, Mali, Niger, Cameroon, Benin. */
++ return "ff_NG";
++ case LANG_GAELIC:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
++ case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
++ }
++ return "C";
++ case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
++ case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
++ case LANG_GERMAN:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
++ }
++ return "de";
++ case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
++ case LANG_GUARANI: return "gn_PY";
++ case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
++ case LANG_HAUSA: return "ha_NG";
++ case LANG_HAWAIIAN:
++ /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
++ or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */
++ return "cpe_US";
++ case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
++ case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
++ case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
++ case LANG_IBIBIO: return "nic_NG";
++ case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
++ case LANG_IGBO: return "ig_NG";
++ case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
++ case LANG_INUKTITUT: return "iu_CA";
++ case LANG_ITALIAN:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
++ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
++ }
++ return "it";
++ case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
++ case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
++ case LANG_KANURI: return "kr_NG";
++ case LANG_KASHMIRI:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
++ case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
++ }
++ return "ks";
++ case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
++ case LANG_KONKANI:
++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
++ return "kok_IN";
++ case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
++ case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
++ case LANG_LAO: return "lo_LA";
++ case LANG_LATIN: return "la_VA";
++ case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
++ case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
++ case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
++ case LANG_MALAY:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
++ case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
++ }
++ return "ms";
++ case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
++ case LANG_MALTESE: return "mt_MT";
++ case LANG_MANIPURI:
++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
++ return "mni_IN";
++ case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
++ case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
++ return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */
++ case LANG_NEPALI:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
++ case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
++ }
++ return "ne";
++ case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
++ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
++ }
++ return "no";
++ case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
++ case LANG_OROMO: return "om_ET";
++ case LANG_PAPIAMENTU: return "pap_AN";
++ case LANG_PASHTO:
++ return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */
++ case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
++ case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
++ /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
++ Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
++ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
++ }
++ return "pt";
++ case LANG_PUNJABI:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA: return "pa_IN"; /* Gurmukhi script */
++ case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN: return "pa_PK"; /* Arabic script */
++ }
++ return "pa";
++ case LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE: return "rm_CH";
++ case LANG_ROMANIAN:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA: return "ro_RO";
++ case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA: return "ro_MD";
++ }
++ return "ro";
++ case LANG_RUSSIAN:
++ return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA" or "ru_MD". */
++ case LANG_SAAMI: /* actually Northern Sami */ return "se_NO";
++ case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
++ case LANG_SINDHI:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA: return "sd_IN";
++ case SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN: return "sd_PK";
++ }
++ return "sd";
++ case LANG_SINHALESE: return "si_LK";
++ case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
++ case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
++ case LANG_SOMALI: return "so_SO";
++ case LANG_SORBIAN:
++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
++ return "wen_DE";
++ case LANG_SPANISH:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
++ return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
++ }
++ return "es";
++ case LANG_SUTU: return "bnt_TZ"; /* or "st_LS" or "nso_ZA"? */
++ case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
++ case LANG_SWEDISH:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
++ case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
++ }
++ return "sv";
++ case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */
++ case LANG_TAGALOG: return "tl_PH";
++ case LANG_TAJIK: return "tg_TJ";
++ case LANG_TAMAZIGHT:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Tamazight locales appear on Unix. */
++ case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC: return "ber_MA@arabic";
++ case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN: return "ber_MA@latin";
++ }
++ return "ber_MA";
++ case LANG_TAMIL:
++ return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */
++ case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
++ case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
++ case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
++ case LANG_TIBETAN: return "bo_CN";
++ case LANG_TIGRINYA:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA: return "ti_ET";
++ case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA: return "ti_ER";
++ }
++ return "ti";
++ case LANG_TSONGA: return "ts_ZA";
++ case LANG_TSWANA: return "tn_BW";
++ case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
++ case LANG_TURKMEN: return "tk_TM";
++ case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
++ case LANG_URDU:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
++ case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
++ }
++ return "ur";
++ case LANG_UZBEK:
++ switch (sub)
++ {
++ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ";
++ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
++ }
++ return "uz";
++ case LANG_VENDA: return "ve_ZA";
++ case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
++ case LANG_WELSH: return "cy_GB";
++ case LANG_XHOSA: return "xh_ZA";
++ case LANG_YI: return "sit_CN";
++ case LANG_YIDDISH: return "yi_IL";
++ case LANG_YORUBA: return "yo_NG";
++ case LANG_ZULU: return "zu_ZA";
++ default: return "C";
++ }
++
++#endif
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/log.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/log.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/log.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/log.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
++/* Log file output.
++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include <config.h>
++#endif
++
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <string.h>
++
++/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
++static void
++print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str)
++{
++ putc ('"', stream);
++ for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
++ if (*str == '\n')
++ {
++ fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
++ if (str[1] == '\0')
++ return;
++ fputs ("\n\"", stream);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
++ putc ('\\', stream);
++ putc (*str, stream);
++ }
++ putc ('"', stream);
++}
++
++/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
++void
++_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
++{
++ static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
++ static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
++ FILE *logfile;
++
++ /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
++ if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
++ {
++ /* Close the last used logfile. */
++ if (last_logfilename != NULL)
++ {
++ if (last_logfile != NULL)
++ {
++ fclose (last_logfile);
++ last_logfile = NULL;
++ }
++ free (last_logfilename);
++ last_logfilename = NULL;
++ }
++ /* Open the logfile. */
++ last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
++ if (last_logfilename == NULL)
++ return;
++ strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
++ last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
++ if (last_logfile == NULL)
++ return;
++ }
++ logfile = last_logfile;
++
++ fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
++ print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
++ print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
++ if (plural)
++ {
++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
++ print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
++ }
++ else
++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
++ putc ('\n', logfile);
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/ngettext.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/ngettext.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/ngettext.c 2001-04-13 23:00:43.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/ngettext.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -45,18 +46,15 @@
+ # define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+ # define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+ #else
+-# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
++# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
++# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+ #endif
+
+ /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+ char *
+-NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+- const char *msgid1;
+- const char *msgid2;
+- unsigned long int n;
++NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+ {
+ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/os2compat.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/os2compat.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/os2compat.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/os2compat.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
++/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
++ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#define OS2_AWARE
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++#include <config.h>
++#endif
++
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <string.h>
++#include <sys/param.h>
++
++/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
++extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
++
++char *
++_nl_getenv (const char *name)
++{
++ unsigned char *value;
++ if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
++ return NULL;
++ else
++ return value;
++}
++
++/* A fixed size buffer. */
++char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
++
++char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
++char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
++char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
++
++static __attribute__((constructor)) void
++nlos2_initialize ()
++{
++ char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
++ char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
++
++ _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
++ if (!_nlos2_libdir)
++ {
++ if (root)
++ {
++ size_t sl = strlen (root);
++ _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
++ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
++ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
++ }
++ else
++ _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
++ }
++
++ _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
++ if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
++ {
++ if (root)
++ {
++ size_t sl = strlen (root);
++ _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
++ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
++ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
++ }
++ else
++ _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
++ }
++
++ _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
++ if (!_nlos2_localedir)
++ {
++ if (root)
++ {
++ size_t sl = strlen (root);
++ _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
++ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
++ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
++ }
++ else
++ _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
++ }
++
++ if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
++ strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/os2compat.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/os2compat.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/os2compat.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/os2compat.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
++/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
++ This file is intended to be included from config.h
++ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
++#ifndef OS2_AWARE
++
++#undef LIBDIR
++#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
++extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
++
++#undef LOCALEDIR
++#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
++extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
++
++#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
++#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
++extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
++
++#endif
++
++#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
++#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
++#define strcasecmp stricmp
++#define strncasecmp strnicmp
++
++/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
++#define getenv _nl_getenv
++
++/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
++#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/osdep.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/osdep.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/osdep.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/osdep.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
++/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
++ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#if defined __EMX__
++# include "os2compat.c"
++#else
++/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
++typedef int dummy;
++#endif
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural-exp.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural-exp.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural-exp.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural-exp.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
++/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
++ Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include <config.h>
++#endif
++
++#include <ctype.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <string.h>
++
++#include "plural-exp.h"
++
++#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
++ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
++
++/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
++ form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
++static const struct expression plvar =
++{
++ .nargs = 0,
++ .operation = var,
++};
++static const struct expression plone =
++{
++ .nargs = 0,
++ .operation = num,
++ .val =
++ {
++ .num = 1
++ }
++};
++struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
++{
++ .nargs = 2,
++ .operation = not_equal,
++ .val =
++ {
++ .args =
++ {
++ [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
++ [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
++ }
++ }
++};
++
++# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
++
++#else
++
++/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
++ Initialization at run-time. */
++
++static struct expression plvar;
++static struct expression plone;
++struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
++
++static void
++init_germanic_plural ()
++{
++ if (plone.val.num == 0)
++ {
++ plvar.nargs = 0;
++ plvar.operation = var;
++
++ plone.nargs = 0;
++ plone.operation = num;
++ plone.val.num = 1;
++
++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
++ }
++}
++
++# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
++
++#endif
++
++void
++internal_function
++EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp,
++ unsigned long int *npluralsp)
++{
++ if (nullentry != NULL)
++ {
++ const char *plural;
++ const char *nplurals;
++
++ plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
++ nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
++ if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
++ goto no_plural;
++ else
++ {
++ char *endp;
++ unsigned long int n;
++ struct parse_args args;
++
++ /* First get the number. */
++ nplurals += 9;
++ while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
++ ++nplurals;
++ if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
++ goto no_plural;
++#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
++ n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
++#else
++ for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
++ n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
++#endif
++ if (nplurals == endp)
++ goto no_plural;
++ *npluralsp = n;
++
++ /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
++ scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
++ passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
++ is passed down to the parser. */
++ plural += 7;
++ args.cp = plural;
++ if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
++ goto no_plural;
++ *pluralp = args.res;
++ }
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
++ for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
++ English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
++ no_plural:
++ INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
++ *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
++ *npluralsp = 2;
++ }
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural-exp.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural-exp.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural-exp.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural-exp.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
++/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
++#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
++
++#ifndef internal_function
++# define internal_function
++#endif
++
++#ifndef attribute_hidden
++# define attribute_hidden
++#endif
++
++
++/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
++ plural form. */
++struct expression
++{
++ int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
++ enum operator
++ {
++ /* Without arguments: */
++ var, /* The variable "n". */
++ num, /* Decimal number. */
++ /* Unary operators: */
++ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
++ /* Binary operators: */
++ mult, /* Multiplication. */
++ divide, /* Division. */
++ module, /* Modulo operation. */
++ plus, /* Addition. */
++ minus, /* Subtraction. */
++ less_than, /* Comparison. */
++ greater_than, /* Comparison. */
++ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
++ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
++ equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
++ not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
++ land, /* Logical AND. */
++ lor, /* Logical OR. */
++ /* Ternary operators: */
++ qmop /* Question mark operator. */
++ } operation;
++ union
++ {
++ unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
++ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
++ } val;
++};
++
++/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
++ the result in a thread-safe way. */
++struct parse_args
++{
++ const char *cp;
++ struct expression *res;
++};
++
++
++/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
++ 1. in the GNU C Library library,
++ 2. in the GNU libintl library,
++ 3. in the GNU gettext tools.
++ The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
++ binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
++ 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
++ 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
++ must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
++ So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
++#ifdef _LIBC
++# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
++# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
++# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
++# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
++#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
++# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
++# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
++# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
++# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
++#else
++# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
++# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
++# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
++# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
++#endif
++
++extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
++ internal_function;
++extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg);
++extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
++extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
++ struct expression **pluralp,
++ unsigned long int *npluralsp)
++ internal_function;
++
++#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
++extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp,
++ unsigned long int n);
++#endif
++
++#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural.c 2001-10-17 17:05:25.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural.c 2004-10-13 15:18:43.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
+-
+-/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+- by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
++/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
++ by GNU bison 1.35. */
+
+ #define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
+
+@@ -11,31 +10,32 @@
+ #define yychar __gettextchar
+ #define yydebug __gettextdebug
+ #define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+-#define EQUOP2 257
+-#define CMPOP2 258
+-#define ADDOP2 259
+-#define MULOP2 260
+-#define NUMBER 261
++# define EQUOP2 257
++# define CMPOP2 258
++# define ADDOP2 259
++# define MULOP2 260
++# define NUMBER 261
+
+ #line 1 "plural.y"
+
+ /* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ /* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+@@ -49,54 +49,39 @@
+ # include <config.h>
+ #endif
+
++#include <stddef.h>
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+-#include "gettextP.h"
++#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+-#ifdef _LIBC
+-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+-#else
+-# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+-# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
++/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
++ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
++#ifndef _LIBC
++# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+ #endif
+
+ #define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+ #define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+
+-#line 52 "plural.y"
++#line 49 "plural.y"
++#ifndef YYSTYPE
+ typedef union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+-} YYSTYPE;
+-#line 58 "plural.y"
++} yystype;
++# define YYSTYPE yystype
++# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
++#endif
++#line 55 "plural.y"
+
+ /* Prototypes for local functions. */
+-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+- struct expression * const *args));
+-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+- struct expression *right));
+-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+- struct expression *left,
+- struct expression *right));
+-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+- struct expression *bexp,
+- struct expression *tbranch,
+- struct expression *fbranch));
+-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
++static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp);
++static void yyerror (const char *str);
+
+ /* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+ static struct expression *
+-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+- int nargs;
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression * const *args;
++new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args)
+ {
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+@@ -125,16 +110,13 @@
+ }
+
+ static inline struct expression *
+-new_exp_0 (op)
+- enum operator op;
++new_exp_0 (enum operator op)
+ {
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+ }
+
+ static inline struct expression *
+-new_exp_1 (op, right)
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression *right;
++new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right)
+ {
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+@@ -143,10 +125,7 @@
+ }
+
+ static struct expression *
+-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression *left;
+- struct expression *right;
++new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right)
+ {
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+@@ -156,11 +135,8 @@
+ }
+
+ static inline struct expression *
+-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression *bexp;
+- struct expression *tbranch;
+- struct expression *fbranch;
++new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp,
++ struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)
+ {
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+@@ -170,12 +146,8 @@
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+ }
+
+-#include <stdio.h>
+-
+-#ifndef __cplusplus
+-#ifndef __STDC__
+-#define const
+-#endif
++#ifndef YYDEBUG
++# define YYDEBUG 0
+ #endif
+
+
+@@ -184,129 +156,152 @@
+ #define YYFLAG -32768
+ #define YYNTBASE 16
+
++/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+ #define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+-static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14,
+- 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+- 11
++/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
++static const char yytranslate[] =
++{
++ 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2,
++ 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8,
++ 9, 11
+ };
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+-static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
+- 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35,
+- 37, 39
++#if YYDEBUG
++static const short yyprhs[] =
++{
++ 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32,
++ 35, 37, 39
+ };
+-
+-static const short yyrhs[] = { 17,
+- 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17,
+- 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17,
+- 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17,
+- 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17,
+- 15, 0
++static const short yyrhs[] =
++{
++ 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4,
++ 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0,
++ 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9,
++ 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14,
++ 17, 15, 0
+ };
+
+ #endif
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+-static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+- 177, 185, 189, 193, 197, 201, 205, 209, 213, 217,
+- 221, 226
++#if YYDEBUG
++/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
++static const short yyrline[] =
++{
++ 0, 150, 158, 162, 166, 170, 174, 178, 182, 186,
++ 190, 194, 199
+ };
+ #endif
+
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
++#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+-static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+-"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+-"start","exp", NULL
++/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */
++static const char *const yytname[] =
++{
++ "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2",
++ "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'",
++ "start", "exp", 0
+ };
+ #endif
+
+-static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
+- 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
+- 17, 17
++/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
++static const short yyr1[] =
++{
++ 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
++ 17, 17, 17
+ };
+
+-static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
+- 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1,
+- 1, 3
++/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
++static const short yyr2[] =
++{
++ 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2,
++ 1, 1, 3
+ };
+
+-static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
+- 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+- 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+- 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
++/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
++ doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an
++ error. */
++static const short yydefact[] =
++{
++ 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0,
++ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5,
++ 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
+ };
+
+-static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25,
+- 5
++static const short yydefgoto[] =
++{
++ 25, 5
+ };
+
+-static const short yypact[] = { -9,
+- -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9,
+- -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26,
+- -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
++static const short yypact[] =
++{
++ -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9,
++ -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16,
++ 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
+ };
+
+-static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+- -1
++static const short yypgoto[] =
++{
++ -32768, -1
+ };
+
+
+ #define YYLAST 53
+
+
+-static const short yytable[] = { 6,
+- 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19,
+- 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
+- 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+- 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+- 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12,
+- 13, 14, 27
++static const short yytable[] =
++{
++ 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18,
++ 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
++ 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10,
++ 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10,
++ 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11,
++ 12, 13, 14, 27
+ };
+
+-static const short yycheck[] = { 1,
+- 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11,
+- 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+- 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+- 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+- 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7,
+- 8, 9, 0
++static const short yycheck[] =
++{
++ 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10,
++ 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
++ 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5,
++ 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5,
++ 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6,
++ 7, 8, 9, 0
+ };
+ #define YYPURE 1
+
+ /* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
+-#line 3 "/usr/share/bison/bison.simple"
+-/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
++#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+ /* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+@@ -328,62 +323,131 @@
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+ in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+
+-/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+- when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+- It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+- used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
++/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when
++ the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
++ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
++ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
+
+-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+-#ifdef alloca
+-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+-#else /* alloca not defined */
+-#ifdef __GNUC__
+-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+-#else /* not GNU C. */
+-#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+-#include <alloca.h>
+-#else /* not sparc */
+-/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
+-/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+- since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
+-#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+-#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+- instead, just don't use alloca. */
+-#include <malloc.h>
+-#endif
+-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+-#if defined(_AIX)
+-/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+- So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
+-/* #include <malloc.h> */
+- #pragma alloca
+-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+-#if 0
+-#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+- and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
+-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+-#endif /* __hpux */
+-#endif
+-#endif /* not _AIX */
+-#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+-#endif /* not sparc */
+-#endif /* not GNU C */
+-#endif /* alloca not defined */
+-#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
++/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
++ infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
++ variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
++ There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
++ define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
++ USER NAME SPACE" below. */
++
++#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
++
++/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
++
++# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
++# else
++# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
++# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H)
++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
++# else
++# ifdef __GNUC__
++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
++# endif
++# endif
++# endif
++# endif
++
++# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
++ /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
++# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
++# else
++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
++# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
++# define YYSIZE_T size_t
++# endif
++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
++# define YYSTACK_FREE free
++# endif
++#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
++
++
++#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
++ && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
++ || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
++
++/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
++union yyalloc
++{
++ short yyss;
++ YYSTYPE yyvs;
++# if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ YYLTYPE yyls;
++# endif
++};
++
++/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */
++# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
++
++/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
++ N elements. */
++# if YYLSP_NEEDED
++# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
++ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \
++ + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
++# else
++# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
++ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \
++ + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
++# endif
++
++/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do
++ not overlap. */
++# ifndef YYCOPY
++# if 1 < __GNUC__
++# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
++ __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
++# else
++# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
++ do \
++ { \
++ register YYSIZE_T yyi; \
++ for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \
++ (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \
++ } \
++ while (0)
++# endif
++# endif
++
++/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The
++ local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
++ elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
++ stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
++ stack. */
++# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \
++ do \
++ { \
++ YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \
++ YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \
++ Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \
++ yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \
++ yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \
++ } \
++ while (0)
+
+-#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+-#else
+-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+ #endif
+
+-/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+- It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+- as one case of the switch. */
++
++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
++# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
++#endif
++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
++# define YYSIZE_T size_t
++#endif
++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
++# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
++# define YYSIZE_T size_t
++# endif
++#endif
++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
++# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
++#endif
+
+ #define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
+ #define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+@@ -392,131 +456,161 @@
+ #define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
+ #define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
+ #define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
+-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+- This remains here temporarily to ease the
+- transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
++/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily
++ to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
+ #define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
+ #define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
+-#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
++#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \
+ do \
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
+- { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
++ { \
++ yychar = (Token); \
++ yylval = (Value); \
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
+ YYPOPSTACK; \
+ goto yybackup; \
+ } \
+ else \
+- { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
++ { \
++ yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \
++ YYERROR; \
++ } \
+ while (0)
+
+ #define YYTERROR 1
+ #define YYERRCODE 256
+
+-#ifndef YYPURE
+-#define YYLEX yylex()
+-#endif
+
+-#ifdef YYPURE
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+-#else
+-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+-#endif
+-#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+-#else
+-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
+-#endif
+-#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
++/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions
++ are run).
++
++ When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the
++ first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend
++ its range to the last symbol. */
++
++#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
++# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
++ Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \
++ Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
+ #endif
+
+-/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+-#ifndef YYPURE
++/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */
+
+-int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
+-YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
+- /* lookahead symbol */
++#if YYPURE
++# if YYLSP_NEEDED
++# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
++# else
++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc)
++# endif
++# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
++# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
++# else
++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval)
++# endif
++# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
++#else /* !YYPURE */
++# define YYLEX yylex ()
++#endif /* !YYPURE */
+
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+-YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
+- /* symbol */
+-#endif
+
+-int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
+-#endif /* not YYPURE */
++/* Enable debugging if requested. */
++#if YYDEBUG
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+-int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
+-/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+- from coexisting. */
+-#endif
++# ifndef YYFPRINTF
++# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
++# define YYFPRINTF fprintf
++# endif
+
+-/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
++# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \
++do { \
++ if (yydebug) \
++ YYFPRINTF Args; \
++} while (0)
++/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
++ multiple parsers can coexist. */
++int yydebug;
++#else /* !YYDEBUG */
++# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
++#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
++/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */
+ #ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+-#define YYINITDEPTH 200
++# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+ #endif
+
+-/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+- (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
++/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
++ if the built-in stack extension method is used).
++
++ Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
++ SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
++ evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
+
+ #if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+-#undef YYMAXDEPTH
++# undef YYMAXDEPTH
+ #endif
+
+ #ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+-#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
++# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+ #endif
+
+-/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
+- should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+- definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+- of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
+-
+-#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
+-#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+-#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
+-#ifndef __cplusplus
++#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+- in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+-static void
+-__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+- char *to;
+- char *from;
+- unsigned int count;
++# ifndef yystrlen
++# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
++# define yystrlen strlen
++# else
++/* Return the length of YYSTR. */
++static YYSIZE_T
++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
++yystrlen (const char *yystr)
++# else
++yystrlen (yystr)
++ const char *yystr;
++# endif
+ {
+- register char *f = from;
+- register char *t = to;
+- register int i = count;
++ register const char *yys = yystr;
+
+- while (i-- > 0)
+- *t++ = *f++;
+-}
++ while (*yys++ != '\0')
++ continue;
+
+-#else /* __cplusplus */
++ return yys - yystr - 1;
++}
++# endif
++# endif
+
+-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+- in available built-in functions on various systems. */
+-static void
+-__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
++# ifndef yystpcpy
++# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
++# define yystpcpy stpcpy
++# else
++/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
++ YYDEST. */
++static char *
++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
++yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
++# else
++yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
++ char *yydest;
++ const char *yysrc;
++# endif
+ {
+- register char *t = to;
+- register char *f = from;
+- register int i = count;
++ register char *yyd = yydest;
++ register const char *yys = yysrc;
+
+- while (i-- > 0)
+- *t++ = *f++;
+-}
++ while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
++ continue;
+
+-#endif
++ return yyd - 1;
++}
++# endif
++# endif
+ #endif
+
+-#line 217 "/usr/share/bison/bison.simple"
++#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
++
+
+ /* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+ into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
+@@ -525,76 +619,121 @@
+ to the proper pointer type. */
+
+ #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+-#ifdef __cplusplus
+-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+-#else /* not __cplusplus */
+-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+-#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+-#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+-#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
++# else
++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
++# endif
++#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
++#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+ /* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
+ #ifdef __GNUC__
+-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
++# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+ int yyparse (void *);
+-#else
++# else
+ int yyparse (void);
++# endif
+ #endif
++
++/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser,
++ variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */
++
++#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
++/* The lookahead symbol. */ \
++int yychar; \
++ \
++/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \
++YYSTYPE yylval; \
++ \
++/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \
++int yynerrs;
++
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
++# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
++YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
++ \
++/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \
++YYLTYPE yylloc;
++#else
++# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
++YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES
+ #endif
+
++
++/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */
++
++#if !YYPURE
++YY_DECL_VARIABLES
++#endif /* !YYPURE */
++
+ int
+-yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
++yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+ YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+ {
++ /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */
++#if YYPURE
++ YY_DECL_VARIABLES
++#endif /* !YYPURE */
++
+ register int yystate;
+ register int yyn;
+- register short *yyssp;
+- register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+- int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+- int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
++ int yyresult;
++ /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
++ int yyerrstatus;
++ /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */
++ int yychar1 = 0;
+
+- short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
+- YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
++ /* Three stacks and their tools:
++ `yyss': related to states,
++ `yyvs': related to semantic values,
++ `yyls': related to locations.
+
+- short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+- YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
++ Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
++ to reallocate them elsewhere. */
+
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
++ /* The state stack. */
++ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
++ short *yyss = yyssa;
++ register short *yyssp;
++
++ /* The semantic value stack. */
++ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
++ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
++ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
++
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ /* The location stack. */
++ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+ YYLTYPE *yylsp;
++#endif
+
+-#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
++# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+ #else
+-#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
++# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+ #endif
+
+- int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+- int yyfree_stacks = 0;
++ YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
+-#ifdef YYPURE
+- int yychar;
+- YYSTYPE yylval;
+- int yynerrs;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- YYLTYPE yylloc;
+-#endif
+-#endif
+
+- YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
+- /* semantic values from the action */
+- /* routines */
++ /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
++ action routines. */
++ YYSTYPE yyval;
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ YYLTYPE yyloc;
++#endif
+
++ /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
++ rule. */
+ int yylen;
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+-#endif
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+
+ yystate = 0;
+ yyerrstatus = 0;
+@@ -606,110 +745,110 @@
+ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+ The wasted elements are never initialized. */
+
+- yyssp = yyss - 1;
++ yyssp = yyss;
+ yyvsp = yyvs;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls;
+ #endif
++ goto yysetstate;
+
+-/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
+-/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+- have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
+-yynewstate:
++/*------------------------------------------------------------.
++| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. |
++`------------------------------------------------------------*/
++ yynewstate:
++ /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
++ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
++ */
++ yyssp++;
+
+- *++yyssp = yystate;
++ yysetstate:
++ *yyssp = yystate;
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ {
+- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+- /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+- YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+- short *yyss1 = yyss;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+-#endif
+-
+ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
+- int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
++ YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+ #ifdef yyoverflow
+- /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+- the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+- but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+- yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+- &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+- &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+- &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+- &yystacksize);
+-#else
+- yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+- &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+- &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+- &yystacksize);
+-#endif
++ {
++ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
++ these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
++ memory. */
++ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
++ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+
+- yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- yyls = yyls1;
+-#endif
++ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
++ data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
++# if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
++ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
++ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
++ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
++ &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
++ &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
++ &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
++ &yystacksize);
++ yyls = yyls1;
++# else
++ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
++ &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
++ &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
++ &yystacksize);
++# endif
++ yyss = yyss1;
++ yyvs = yyvs1;
++ }
+ #else /* no yyoverflow */
++# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
++ goto yyoverflowlab;
++# else
+ /* Extend the stack our own way. */
+ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+- {
+- yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+- if (yyfree_stacks)
+- {
+- free (yyss);
+- free (yyvs);
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- free (yyls);
+-#endif
+- }
+- return 2;
+- }
++ goto yyoverflowlab;
+ yystacksize *= 2;
+ if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+- yyfree_stacks = 1;
+-#endif
+- yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+- yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+-#endif
++
++ {
++ short *yyss1 = yyss;
++ union yyalloc *yyptr =
++ (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
++ if (! yyptr)
++ goto yyoverflowlab;
++ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
++ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
++# if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls);
++# endif
++# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
++ if (yyss1 != yyssa)
++ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
++ }
++# endif
+ #endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+- yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+- yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
++ yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
++ yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;
+ #endif
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+-#endif
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
++ (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ YYABORT;
+ }
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+-#endif
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+
+ goto yybackup;
+- yybackup:
++
++
++/*-----------.
++| yybackup. |
++`-----------*/
++yybackup:
+
+ /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
+ /* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
+@@ -728,10 +867,7 @@
+
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+ {
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+-#endif
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
+ yychar = YYLEX;
+ }
+
+@@ -742,25 +878,25 @@
+ yychar1 = 0;
+ yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+-#endif
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
++ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
++#if YYDEBUG
++ /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables
++ which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+- fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+- /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+- of a token, for further debugging info. */
+-#ifdef YYPRINT
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s",
++ yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
++ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise
++ meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */
++# ifdef YYPRINT
+ YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+-#endif
+- fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
++# endif
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n");
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+@@ -792,177 +928,185 @@
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ /* Shift the lookahead token. */
+-
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+-#endif
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ",
++ yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+
+ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ if (yychar != YYEOF)
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+ #endif
+
+- /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
+- if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
++ /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
++ status. */
++ if (yyerrstatus)
++ yyerrstatus--;
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+-/* Do the default action for the current state. */
+-yydefault:
+
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
++| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. |
++`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
++yydefault:
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
++ goto yyreduce;
+
+-/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
++
++/*-----------------------------.
++| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. |
++`-----------------------------*/
+ yyreduce:
++ /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
+ yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+- if (yylen > 0)
+- yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
++ /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
++ `$$ = $1'.
++
++ Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of
++ the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison
++ users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL
++ unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
++ GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */
++ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
++
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional
++ commands if for instance locations are ranges. */
++ yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen];
++ YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
++#endif
++
++#if YYDEBUG
++ /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which
++ are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+- int i;
++ int yyi;
+
+- fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+- yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
++ yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
+- for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+- fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+- fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
++ for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++)
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]);
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+-
+ switch (yyn) {
+
+ case 1:
+-#line 178 "plural.y"
++#line 151 "plural.y"
+ {
+ if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 2:
+-#line 186 "plural.y"
++#line 159 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 3:
+-#line 190 "plural.y"
++#line 163 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 4:
+-#line 194 "plural.y"
++#line 167 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 5:
+-#line 198 "plural.y"
++#line 171 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 6:
+-#line 202 "plural.y"
++#line 175 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 7:
+-#line 206 "plural.y"
++#line 179 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 8:
+-#line 210 "plural.y"
++#line 183 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 9:
+-#line 214 "plural.y"
++#line 187 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 10:
+-#line 218 "plural.y"
++#line 191 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 11:
+-#line 222 "plural.y"
++#line 195 "plural.y"
+ {
+ if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ case 12:
+-#line 227 "plural.y"
++#line 200 "plural.y"
+ {
+ yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+- ;
+- break;}
++ }
++ break;
+ }
+- /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+-#line 543 "/usr/share/bison/bison.simple"
++
++#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
++
+
+ yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp -= yylen;
+ #endif
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
++#if YYDEBUG
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+- short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+- fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+- while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+- fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+- fprintf (stderr, "\n");
++ short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now");
++ while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yyval;
+-
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- yylsp++;
+- if (yylen == 0)
+- {
+- yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+- yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+- yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+- yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+- yylsp->text = 0;
+- }
+- else
+- {
+- yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+- yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+- }
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
++ *++yylsp = yyloc;
+ #endif
+
+- /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+- Determine what state that goes to,
+- based on the state we popped back to
+- and the rule number reduced by. */
++ /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state
++ that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
++ number reduced by. */
+
+ yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+@@ -974,10 +1118,13 @@
+
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+-yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
+
+- if (! yyerrstatus)
+- /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
++/*------------------------------------.
++| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
++`------------------------------------*/
++yyerrlab:
++ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
++ if (!yyerrstatus)
+ {
+ ++yynerrs;
+
+@@ -986,102 +1133,121 @@
+
+ if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+ {
+- int size = 0;
+- char *msg;
+- int x, count;
++ YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
++ char *yymsg;
++ int yyx, yycount;
+
+- count = 0;
+- /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
+- for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+- x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+- if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+- size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+- msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+- if (msg != 0)
++ yycount = 0;
++ /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
++ YYCHECK. */
++ for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
++ yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++)
++ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
++ yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++;
++ yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1;
++ yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
++ yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
++ if (yymsg != 0)
+ {
+- strcpy(msg, "parse error");
++ char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected ");
++ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+
+- if (count < 5)
++ if (yycount < 5)
+ {
+- count = 0;
+- for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+- x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+- if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
++ yycount = 0;
++ for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
++ yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *));
++ yyx++)
++ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+ {
+- strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+- strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+- strcat(msg, "'");
+- count++;
++ const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or ";
++ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq);
++ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
++ yycount++;
+ }
+ }
+- yyerror(msg);
+- free(msg);
++ yyerror (yymsg);
++ YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+ }
+ else
+- yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
++ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted");
+ }
+ else
+-#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+- yyerror("parse error");
++#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
++ yyerror ("parse error");
+ }
+-
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+-yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
++
++/*--------------------------------------------------.
++| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action |
++`--------------------------------------------------*/
++yyerrlab1:
+ if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+ {
+- /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
++ /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
++ error, discard it. */
+
+ /* return failure if at end of input */
+ if (yychar == YYEOF)
+ YYABORT;
+-
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+-#endif
+-
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n",
++ yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ }
+
+- /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+- after shifting the error token. */
++ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
++ token. */
+
+ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+ goto yyerrhandle;
+
+-yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
++/*-------------------------------------------------------------------.
++| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the |
++| error token. |
++`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++yyerrdefault:
+ #if 0
+ /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+ should shift them. */
+- yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
+- if (yyn) goto yydefault;
++
++ /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */
++ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
++ if (yyn)
++ goto yydefault;
+ #endif
+
+-yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+- if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
++/*---------------------------------------------------------------.
++| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the |
++| error token |
++`---------------------------------------------------------------*/
++yyerrpop:
++ if (yyssp == yyss)
++ YYABORT;
+ yyvsp--;
+ yystate = *--yyssp;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp--;
+ #endif
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
++#if YYDEBUG
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+- short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+- fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+- while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+- fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+- fprintf (stderr, "\n");
++ short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
++ while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+ #endif
+
++/*--------------.
++| yyerrhandle. |
++`--------------*/
+ yyerrhandle:
+-
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+@@ -1104,50 +1270,52 @@
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+-#if YYDEBUG != 0
+- if (yydebug)
+- fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+-#endif
++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, "));
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
++#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+ #endif
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+- yyacceptlab:
+- /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
+- if (yyfree_stacks)
+- {
+- free (yyss);
+- free (yyvs);
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- free (yyls);
+-#endif
+- }
+- return 0;
+
+- yyabortlab:
+- /* YYABORT comes here. */
+- if (yyfree_stacks)
+- {
+- free (yyss);
+- free (yyvs);
+-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+- free (yyls);
++/*-------------------------------------.
++| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. |
++`-------------------------------------*/
++yyacceptlab:
++ yyresult = 0;
++ goto yyreturn;
++
++/*-----------------------------------.
++| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
++`-----------------------------------*/
++yyabortlab:
++ yyresult = 1;
++ goto yyreturn;
++
++/*---------------------------------------------.
++| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. |
++`---------------------------------------------*/
++yyoverflowlab:
++ yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
++ yyresult = 2;
++ /* Fall through. */
++
++yyreturn:
++#ifndef yyoverflow
++ if (yyss != yyssa)
++ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+ #endif
+- }
+- return 1;
++ return yyresult;
+ }
+-#line 232 "plural.y"
++#line 205 "plural.y"
+
+
+ void
+ internal_function
+-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+- struct expression *exp;
++FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
+ {
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+@@ -1173,9 +1341,7 @@
+
+
+ static int
+-yylex (lval, pexp)
+- YYSTYPE *lval;
+- const char **pexp;
++yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)
+ {
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+@@ -1318,8 +1484,7 @@
+
+
+ static void
+-yyerror (str)
+- const char *str;
++yyerror (const char *str)
+ {
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural.y psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural.y
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/plural.y 2001-04-13 23:00:43.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/plural.y 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
+ %{
+ /* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ /* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+@@ -29,25 +30,21 @@
+ # include <config.h>
+ #endif
+
++#include <stddef.h>
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+-#include "gettextP.h"
++#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+-#ifdef _LIBC
+-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+-#else
+-# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+-# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
++/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
++ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
++#ifndef _LIBC
++# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+ #endif
+
+ #define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+ #define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+ %}
+ %pure_parser
+-%expect 10
++%expect 7
+
+ %union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+@@ -57,28 +54,13 @@
+
+ %{
+ /* Prototypes for local functions. */
+-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+- struct expression * const *args));
+-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+- struct expression *right));
+-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+- struct expression *left,
+- struct expression *right));
+-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+- struct expression *bexp,
+- struct expression *tbranch,
+- struct expression *fbranch));
+-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
++static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp);
++static void yyerror (const char *str);
+
+ /* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+ static struct expression *
+-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+- int nargs;
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression * const *args;
++new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args)
+ {
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+@@ -107,16 +89,13 @@
+ }
+
+ static inline struct expression *
+-new_exp_0 (op)
+- enum operator op;
++new_exp_0 (enum operator op)
+ {
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+ }
+
+ static inline struct expression *
+-new_exp_1 (op, right)
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression *right;
++new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right)
+ {
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+@@ -125,10 +104,7 @@
+ }
+
+ static struct expression *
+-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression *left;
+- struct expression *right;
++new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right)
+ {
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+@@ -138,11 +114,8 @@
+ }
+
+ static inline struct expression *
+-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+- enum operator op;
+- struct expression *bexp;
+- struct expression *tbranch;
+- struct expression *fbranch;
++new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp,
++ struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)
+ {
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+@@ -233,8 +206,7 @@
+
+ void
+ internal_function
+-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+- struct expression *exp;
++FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
+ {
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+@@ -260,9 +232,7 @@
+
+
+ static int
+-yylex (lval, pexp)
+- YYSTYPE *lval;
+- const char **pexp;
++yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)
+ {
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+@@ -405,8 +375,7 @@
+
+
+ static void
+-yyerror (str)
+- const char *str;
++yyerror (const char *str)
+ {
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+ }
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-args.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-args.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-args.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-args.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
++/* Decomposed printf argument list.
++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include <config.h>
++#endif
++
++/* Specification. */
++#include "printf-args.h"
++
++#ifdef STATIC
++STATIC
++#endif
++int
++printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a)
++{
++ size_t i;
++ argument *ap;
++
++ for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
++ switch (ap->type)
++ {
++ case TYPE_SCHAR:
++ ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_UCHAR:
++ ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_SHORT:
++ ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_USHORT:
++ ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_INT:
++ ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_UINT:
++ ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_LONGINT:
++ ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_ULONGINT:
++ ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
++ ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
++ ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_DOUBLE:
++ ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
++ case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
++ ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_CHAR:
++ ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++ case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
++ ap->a.a_wide_char = va_arg (args, wint_t);
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_STRING:
++ ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
++ ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_POINTER:
++ ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
++ ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
++ ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
++ ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
++ break;
++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
++ ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
++ ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
++ break;
++#endif
++ default:
++ /* Unknown type. */
++ return -1;
++ }
++ return 0;
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-args.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-args.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-args.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-args.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
++/* Decomposed printf argument list.
++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
++#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
++
++/* Get size_t. */
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++/* Get wchar_t. */
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++# include <stddef.h>
++#endif
++
++/* Get wint_t. */
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++# include <wchar.h>
++#endif
++
++/* Get va_list. */
++#include <stdarg.h>
++
++
++/* Argument types */
++typedef enum
++{
++ TYPE_NONE,
++ TYPE_SCHAR,
++ TYPE_UCHAR,
++ TYPE_SHORT,
++ TYPE_USHORT,
++ TYPE_INT,
++ TYPE_UINT,
++ TYPE_LONGINT,
++ TYPE_ULONGINT,
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
++ TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
++#endif
++ TYPE_DOUBLE,
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
++ TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
++#endif
++ TYPE_CHAR,
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++ TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
++#endif
++ TYPE_STRING,
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
++#endif
++ TYPE_POINTER,
++ TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
++ TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
++ TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
++ TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
++#endif
++} arg_type;
++
++/* Polymorphic argument */
++typedef struct
++{
++ arg_type type;
++ union
++ {
++ signed char a_schar;
++ unsigned char a_uchar;
++ short a_short;
++ unsigned short a_ushort;
++ int a_int;
++ unsigned int a_uint;
++ long int a_longint;
++ unsigned long int a_ulongint;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ long long int a_longlongint;
++ unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
++#endif
++ float a_float;
++ double a_double;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
++ long double a_longdouble;
++#endif
++ int a_char;
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++ wint_t a_wide_char;
++#endif
++ const char* a_string;
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
++#endif
++ void* a_pointer;
++ signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
++ short * a_count_short_pointer;
++ int * a_count_int_pointer;
++ long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
++#endif
++ }
++ a;
++}
++argument;
++
++typedef struct
++{
++ size_t count;
++ argument *arg;
++}
++arguments;
++
++
++/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
++#ifdef STATIC
++STATIC
++#else
++extern
++#endif
++int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a);
++
++#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-parse.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-parse.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-parse.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-parse.c 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
++/* Formatted output to strings.
++ Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include <config.h>
++#endif
++
++/* Specification. */
++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
++# include "wprintf-parse.h"
++#else
++# include "printf-parse.h"
++#endif
++
++/* Get size_t, NULL. */
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++/* Get intmax_t. */
++#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
++# include <stdint.h>
++#endif
++#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
++# include <inttypes.h>
++#endif
++
++/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
++#include <stdlib.h>
++
++/* Checked size_t computations. */
++#include "xsize.h"
++
++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
++# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
++# define CHAR_T wchar_t
++# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
++# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
++#else
++# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
++# define CHAR_T char
++# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
++# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
++#endif
++
++#ifdef STATIC
++STATIC
++#endif
++int
++PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
++{
++ const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
++ size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
++ size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
++ size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
++ size_t max_width_length = 0;
++ size_t max_precision_length = 0;
++
++ d->count = 0;
++ d_allocated = 1;
++ d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
++ if (d->dir == NULL)
++ /* Out of memory. */
++ return -1;
++
++ a->count = 0;
++ a_allocated = 0;
++ a->arg = NULL;
++
++#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
++ { \
++ size_t n = (_index_); \
++ if (n >= a_allocated) \
++ { \
++ size_t memory_size; \
++ argument *memory; \
++ \
++ a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
++ if (a_allocated <= n) \
++ a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
++ memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
++ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
++ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
++ goto error; \
++ memory = (a->arg \
++ ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
++ : malloc (memory_size)); \
++ if (memory == NULL) \
++ /* Out of memory. */ \
++ goto error; \
++ a->arg = memory; \
++ } \
++ while (a->count <= n) \
++ a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
++ if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
++ a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
++ else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
++ /* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
++ goto error; \
++ }
++
++ while (*cp != '\0')
++ {
++ CHAR_T c = *cp++;
++ if (c == '%')
++ {
++ size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
++ DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */
++
++ /* Initialize the next directive. */
++ dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
++ dp->flags = 0;
++ dp->width_start = NULL;
++ dp->width_end = NULL;
++ dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
++ dp->precision_start = NULL;
++ dp->precision_end = NULL;
++ dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
++ dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
++
++ /* Test for positional argument. */
++ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
++ {
++ const CHAR_T *np;
++
++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
++ ;
++ if (*np == '$')
++ {
++ size_t n = 0;
++
++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
++ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
++ if (n == 0)
++ /* Positional argument 0. */
++ goto error;
++ if (size_overflow_p (n))
++ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
++ goto error;
++ arg_index = n - 1;
++ cp = np + 1;
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* Read the flags. */
++ for (;;)
++ {
++ if (*cp == '\'')
++ {
++ dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == '-')
++ {
++ dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == '+')
++ {
++ dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == ' ')
++ {
++ dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == '#')
++ {
++ dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == '0')
++ {
++ dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else
++ break;
++ }
++
++ /* Parse the field width. */
++ if (*cp == '*')
++ {
++ dp->width_start = cp;
++ cp++;
++ dp->width_end = cp;
++ if (max_width_length < 1)
++ max_width_length = 1;
++
++ /* Test for positional argument. */
++ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
++ {
++ const CHAR_T *np;
++
++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
++ ;
++ if (*np == '$')
++ {
++ size_t n = 0;
++
++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
++ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
++ if (n == 0)
++ /* Positional argument 0. */
++ goto error;
++ if (size_overflow_p (n))
++ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
++ goto error;
++ dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
++ cp = np + 1;
++ }
++ }
++ if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
++ {
++ dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
++ if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
++ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */
++ goto error;
++ }
++ REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
++ }
++ else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
++ {
++ size_t width_length;
++
++ dp->width_start = cp;
++ for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
++ ;
++ dp->width_end = cp;
++ width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
++ if (max_width_length < width_length)
++ max_width_length = width_length;
++ }
++
++ /* Parse the precision. */
++ if (*cp == '.')
++ {
++ cp++;
++ if (*cp == '*')
++ {
++ dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
++ cp++;
++ dp->precision_end = cp;
++ if (max_precision_length < 2)
++ max_precision_length = 2;
++
++ /* Test for positional argument. */
++ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
++ {
++ const CHAR_T *np;
++
++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
++ ;
++ if (*np == '$')
++ {
++ size_t n = 0;
++
++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
++ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
++ if (n == 0)
++ /* Positional argument 0. */
++ goto error;
++ if (size_overflow_p (n))
++ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory
++ later. */
++ goto error;
++ dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
++ cp = np + 1;
++ }
++ }
++ if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
++ {
++ dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
++ if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
++ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */
++ goto error;
++ }
++ REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ size_t precision_length;
++
++ dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
++ for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
++ ;
++ dp->precision_end = cp;
++ precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
++ if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
++ max_precision_length = precision_length;
++ }
++ }
++
++ {
++ arg_type type;
++
++ /* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
++ {
++ int flags = 0;
++
++ for (;;)
++ {
++ if (*cp == 'h')
++ {
++ flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == 'L')
++ {
++ flags |= 4;
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == 'l')
++ {
++ flags += 8;
++ cp++;
++ }
++#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T
++ else if (*cp == 'j')
++ {
++ if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
++ {
++ /* intmax_t = long long */
++ flags += 16;
++ }
++ else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
++ {
++ /* intmax_t = long */
++ flags += 8;
++ }
++ cp++;
++ }
++#endif
++ else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
++ {
++ /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
++ because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
++ only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
++ if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
++ {
++ /* size_t = long long */
++ flags += 16;
++ }
++ else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
++ {
++ /* size_t = long */
++ flags += 8;
++ }
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else if (*cp == 't')
++ {
++ if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
++ {
++ /* ptrdiff_t = long long */
++ flags += 16;
++ }
++ else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
++ {
++ /* ptrdiff_t = long */
++ flags += 8;
++ }
++ cp++;
++ }
++ else
++ break;
++ }
++
++ /* Read the conversion character. */
++ c = *cp++;
++ switch (c)
++ {
++ case 'd': case 'i':
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
++ type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
++ else
++#endif
++ if (flags >= 8)
++ type = TYPE_LONGINT;
++ else if (flags & 2)
++ type = TYPE_SCHAR;
++ else if (flags & 1)
++ type = TYPE_SHORT;
++ else
++ type = TYPE_INT;
++ break;
++ case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
++ type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
++ else
++#endif
++ if (flags >= 8)
++ type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
++ else if (flags & 2)
++ type = TYPE_UCHAR;
++ else if (flags & 1)
++ type = TYPE_USHORT;
++ else
++ type = TYPE_UINT;
++ break;
++ case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
++ case 'a': case 'A':
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
++ type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
++ else
++#endif
++ type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
++ break;
++ case 'c':
++ if (flags >= 8)
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++ type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
++#else
++ goto error;
++#endif
++ else
++ type = TYPE_CHAR;
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++ case 'C':
++ type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
++ c = 'c';
++ break;
++#endif
++ case 's':
++ if (flags >= 8)
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
++#else
++ goto error;
++#endif
++ else
++ type = TYPE_STRING;
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ case 'S':
++ type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
++ c = 's';
++ break;
++#endif
++ case 'p':
++ type = TYPE_POINTER;
++ break;
++ case 'n':
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
++ type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
++ else
++#endif
++ if (flags >= 8)
++ type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
++ else if (flags & 2)
++ type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
++ else if (flags & 1)
++ type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
++ else
++ type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
++ break;
++ case '%':
++ type = TYPE_NONE;
++ break;
++ default:
++ /* Unknown conversion character. */
++ goto error;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (type != TYPE_NONE)
++ {
++ dp->arg_index = arg_index;
++ if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
++ {
++ dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
++ if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
++ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */
++ goto error;
++ }
++ REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
++ }
++ dp->conversion = c;
++ dp->dir_end = cp;
++ }
++
++ d->count++;
++ if (d->count >= d_allocated)
++ {
++ size_t memory_size;
++ DIRECTIVE *memory;
++
++ d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
++ memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
++ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
++ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
++ goto error;
++ memory = realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
++ if (memory == NULL)
++ /* Out of memory. */
++ goto error;
++ d->dir = memory;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
++
++ d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
++ d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
++ return 0;
++
++error:
++ if (a->arg)
++ free (a->arg);
++ if (d->dir)
++ free (d->dir);
++ return -1;
++}
++
++#undef DIRECTIVES
++#undef DIRECTIVE
++#undef CHAR_T
++#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-parse.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-parse.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf-parse.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf-parse.h 2004-10-13 15:18:41.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
++/* Parse printf format string.
++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
++#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
++
++#include "printf-args.h"
++
++
++/* Flags */
++#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
++#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
++#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
++#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
++#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
++#define FLAG_ZERO 32
++
++/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
++#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
++
++/* A parsed directive. */
++typedef struct
++{
++ const char* dir_start;
++ const char* dir_end;
++ int flags;
++ const char* width_start;
++ const char* width_end;
++ size_t width_arg_index;
++ const char* precision_start;
++ const char* precision_end;
++ size_t precision_arg_index;
++ char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
++ size_t arg_index;
++}
++char_directive;
++
++/* A parsed format string. */
++typedef struct
++{
++ size_t count;
++ char_directive *dir;
++ size_t max_width_length;
++ size_t max_precision_length;
++}
++char_directives;
++
++
++/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
++ in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
++ to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
++ arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
++#ifdef STATIC
++STATIC
++#else
++extern
++#endif
++int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
++
++#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/printf.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/printf.c 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
++/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include <config.h>
++#endif
++
++#ifdef __GNUC__
++# define alloca __builtin_alloca
++# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
++#else
++# ifdef _MSC_VER
++# include <malloc.h>
++# define alloca _alloca
++# else
++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
++# include <alloca.h>
++# else
++# ifdef _AIX
++ #pragma alloca
++# else
++# ifndef alloca
++char *alloca ();
++# endif
++# endif
++# endif
++# endif
++#endif
++
++#include <stdio.h>
++
++#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
++
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <string.h>
++
++/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
++ the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
++ don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
++#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
++# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
++#else
++# define DLL_EXPORTED
++#endif
++
++#define STATIC static
++
++/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
++#include "printf-args.c"
++
++/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
++#include "printf-parse.c"
++
++/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
++#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
++#include "vasnprintf.c"
++#if 0 /* not needed */
++#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
++#include "asnprintf.c"
++#endif
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
++{
++ if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
++ return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
++ else
++ {
++ size_t length;
++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
++ int retval = -1;
++ if (result != NULL)
++ {
++ if (fwrite (result, 1, length, stream) == length)
++ retval = length;
++ free (result);
++ }
++ return retval;
++ }
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
++{
++ return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
++{
++ if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
++ return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
++ else
++ {
++ size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
++ if (result != resultbuf)
++ {
++ free (result);
++ return -1;
++ }
++ else
++ return length;
++ }
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
++
++# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
++ /* Windows. */
++# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
++# else
++ /* Unix. */
++# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
++# endif
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
++{
++ if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
++ return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
++ else
++ {
++ size_t maxlength = length;
++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
++ if (result != resultbuf)
++ {
++ if (maxlength > 0)
++ {
++ if (length < maxlength)
++ abort ();
++ memcpy (resultbuf, result, maxlength - 1);
++ resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = '\0';
++ }
++ free (result);
++ return -1;
++ }
++ else
++ return length;
++ }
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++#endif
++
++#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
++{
++ size_t length;
++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
++ if (result == NULL)
++ return -1;
++ *resultp = result;
++ return length;
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++#endif
++
++#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
++
++#include <wchar.h>
++
++#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
++
++/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
++#include "printf-parse.c"
++
++/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
++#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
++#include "vasnprintf.c"
++#if 0 /* not needed */
++#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
++#include "asnprintf.c"
++#endif
++
++# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
++ /* Windows. */
++# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
++# else
++ /* Unix. */
++# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
++# endif
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
++{
++ if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
++ return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
++ else
++ {
++ size_t length;
++ wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
++ int retval = -1;
++ if (result != NULL)
++ {
++ size_t i;
++ for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
++ if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
++ break;
++ if (i == length)
++ retval = length;
++ free (result);
++ }
++ return retval;
++ }
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
++{
++ return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
++{
++ if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
++ return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
++ else
++ {
++ size_t maxlength = length;
++ wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
++ if (result != resultbuf)
++ {
++ if (maxlength > 0)
++ {
++ if (length < maxlength)
++ abort ();
++ memcpy (resultbuf, result, (maxlength - 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
++ resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = 0;
++ }
++ free (result);
++ return -1;
++ }
++ else
++ return length;
++ }
++}
++
++DLL_EXPORTED
++int
++libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
++{
++ va_list args;
++ int retval;
++
++ va_start (args, format);
++ retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
++ va_end (args);
++ return retval;
++}
++
++#endif
++
++#endif
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/relocatable.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/relocatable.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/relocatable.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/relocatable.c 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
++/* Provide relocatable packages.
++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++
++/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
++#endif
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include "config.h"
++#endif
++
++/* Specification. */
++#include "relocatable.h"
++
++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
++
++#include <stddef.h>
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <string.h>
++
++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
++# define xmalloc malloc
++#else
++# include "xalloc.h"
++#endif
++
++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
++# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
++# include <windows.h>
++#endif
++
++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
++# include <libcharset.h>
++#endif
++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
++# include <iconv.h>
++#endif
++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
++# include <libintl.h>
++#endif
++
++/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
++#undef bool
++#undef false
++#undef true
++#define bool int
++#define false 0
++#define true 1
++
++/* Pathname support.
++ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
++ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
++ */
++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
++# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
++ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
++ && (P)[1] == ':')
++# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
++ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
++# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
++#else
++ /* Unix */
++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
++# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
++# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
++#endif
++
++/* Original installation prefix. */
++static char *orig_prefix;
++static size_t orig_prefix_len;
++/* Current installation prefix. */
++static char *curr_prefix;
++static size_t curr_prefix_len;
++/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
++ to them must start with a slash. */
++
++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
++ instead of "/"). */
++static void
++set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
++ const char *curr_prefix_arg)
++{
++ if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
++ /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
++ relocation is a nop. */
++ && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
++ {
++ /* Duplicate the argument strings. */
++ char *memory;
++
++ orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
++ curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
++ memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
++ if (memory != NULL)
++#endif
++ {
++ memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
++ orig_prefix = memory;
++ memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
++ memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
++ curr_prefix = memory;
++ return;
++ }
++ }
++ orig_prefix = NULL;
++ curr_prefix = NULL;
++ /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
++ called once. */
++}
++
++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
++ instead of "/"). */
++void
++set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
++{
++ set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
++
++ /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
++ libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
++#endif
++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
++ libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
++#endif
++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
++ libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
++#endif
++}
++
++#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR)
++
++/* Convenience function:
++ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
++ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
++ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
++#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
++#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
++static
++#endif
++const char *
++compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
++ const char *orig_installdir,
++ const char *curr_pathname)
++{
++ const char *curr_installdir;
++ const char *rel_installdir;
++
++ if (curr_pathname == NULL)
++ return NULL;
++
++ /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
++ This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
++ orig_installdir. */
++ if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
++ != 0)
++ /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
++ return NULL;
++ rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
++
++ /* Determine the current installation directory. */
++ {
++ const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
++ const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
++ char *q;
++
++ while (p > p_base)
++ {
++ p--;
++ if (ISSLASH (*p))
++ break;
++ }
++
++ q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
++ if (q == NULL)
++ return NULL;
++#endif
++ memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
++ q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
++ curr_installdir = q;
++ }
++
++ /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
++ rel_installdir from it. */
++ {
++ const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
++ const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
++ const char *cp_base =
++ curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
++
++ while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
++ {
++ bool same = false;
++ const char *rpi = rp;
++ const char *cpi = cp;
++
++ while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
++ {
++ rpi--;
++ cpi--;
++ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
++ {
++ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
++ same = true;
++ break;
++ }
++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
++ if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
++ != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
++ break;
++#else
++ if (*rpi != *cpi)
++ break;
++#endif
++ }
++ if (!same)
++ break;
++ /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
++ to the slash before it. */
++ rp = rpi;
++ cp = cpi;
++ }
++
++ if (rp > rel_installdir)
++ /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
++ return NULL;
++
++ {
++ size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
++ char *curr_prefix;
++
++ curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
++ if (curr_prefix == NULL)
++ return NULL;
++#endif
++ memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
++ curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
++
++ return curr_prefix;
++ }
++ }
++}
++
++#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
++
++#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
++
++/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
++static char *shared_library_fullname;
++
++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
++
++/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
++
++BOOL WINAPI
++DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
++{
++ (void) reserved;
++
++ if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
++ {
++ /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
++ static char location[MAX_PATH];
++
++ if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
++ /* Shouldn't happen. */
++ return FALSE;
++
++ if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
++ /* Shouldn't happen. */
++ return FALSE;
++
++ shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
++ }
++
++ return TRUE;
++}
++
++#else /* Unix */
++
++static void
++find_shared_library_fullname ()
++{
++#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
++ /* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */
++ FILE *fp;
++
++ /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
++ fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
++ if (fp)
++ {
++ unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
++ for (;;)
++ {
++ unsigned long start, end;
++ int c;
++
++ if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
++ break;
++ if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
++ {
++ /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
++ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
++ continue;
++ if (c == '/')
++ {
++ size_t size;
++ int len;
++
++ ungetc (c, fp);
++ shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
++ len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
++ if (len >= 0)
++ {
++ /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
++ if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
++ shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
++ }
++ }
++ break;
++ }
++ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
++ continue;
++ }
++ fclose (fp);
++ }
++#endif
++}
++
++#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
++
++/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
++ Return NULL if unknown.
++ Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */
++static char *
++get_shared_library_fullname ()
++{
++#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
++ static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
++ if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
++ {
++ find_shared_library_fullname ();
++ tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
++ }
++#endif
++ return shared_library_fullname;
++}
++
++#endif /* PIC */
++
++/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
++ directory. */
++const char *
++relocate (const char *pathname)
++{
++#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
++ static int initialized;
++
++ /* Initialization code for a shared library. */
++ if (!initialized)
++ {
++ /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
++ set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
++ function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
++ initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
++ better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
++ in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
++ to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
++ orig_prefix. */
++ const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
++ const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
++ const char *curr_prefix_better;
++
++ curr_prefix_better =
++ compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
++ get_shared_library_fullname ());
++ if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
++ curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
++
++ set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
++
++ initialized = 1;
++ }
++#endif
++
++ /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
++ even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
++ typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
++ from. */
++ if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
++ && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
++ {
++ if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
++ /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
++ return curr_prefix;
++ if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
++ {
++ /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
++ const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
++ char *result =
++ (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
++
++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
++ if (result != NULL)
++#endif
++ {
++ memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
++ strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
++ return result;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ /* Nothing to relocate. */
++ return pathname;
++}
++
++#endif
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/relocatable.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/relocatable.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/relocatable.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/relocatable.h 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
++/* Provide relocatable packages.
++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
++#define _RELOCATABLE_H
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
++
++/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
++
++/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
++ this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
++ in any case. */
++#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
++# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
++#else
++# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
++#endif
++
++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
++ instead of "/"). */
++extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
++ set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
++ const char *curr_prefix);
++
++/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
++ directory. */
++extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
++
++/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
++ a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
++ relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
++
++/* Convenience function:
++ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
++ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
++ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
++extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
++ const char *orig_installdir,
++ const char *curr_pathname);
++
++#else
++
++/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
++#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
++
++#endif
++
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++
++#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/textdomain.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/textdomain.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/textdomain.c 2001-04-13 23:00:42.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/textdomain.c 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
+ /* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+- GNU General Public License for more details.
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
+
+ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+ # include <config.h>
+@@ -43,17 +44,17 @@
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+ #if !defined _LIBC
+-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
++# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
++# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+ #endif
+
+ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+ /* Name of the default text domain. */
+-extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
++extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
+
+ /* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
+-extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
++extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
+
+
+ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+@@ -66,18 +67,17 @@
+ # define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+ # endif
+ #else
+-# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
++# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
+ #endif
+
+ /* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
++__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+ /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+ char *
+-TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+- const char *domainname;
++TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
+ {
+ char *new_domain;
+ char *old_domain;
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/vasnprintf.c psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/vasnprintf.c
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/vasnprintf.c 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/vasnprintf.c 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,887 @@
++/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
++#endif
++
++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
++# include <config.h>
++#endif
++#ifndef IN_LIBINTL
++# include <alloca.h>
++#endif
++
++/* Specification. */
++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
++# include "vasnwprintf.h"
++#else
++# include "vasnprintf.h"
++#endif
++
++#include <stdio.h> /* snprintf(), sprintf() */
++#include <stdlib.h> /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
++#include <string.h> /* memcpy(), strlen() */
++#include <errno.h> /* errno */
++#include <limits.h> /* CHAR_BIT */
++#include <float.h> /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
++# include "wprintf-parse.h"
++#else
++# include "printf-parse.h"
++#endif
++
++/* Checked size_t computations. */
++#include "xsize.h"
++
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
++# define local_wcslen wcslen
++# else
++ /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
++ a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
++ Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
++ twice in the same compilation unit. */
++# ifndef local_wcslen_defined
++# define local_wcslen_defined 1
++static size_t
++local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
++{
++ const wchar_t *ptr;
++
++ for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
++ ;
++ return ptr - s;
++}
++# endif
++# endif
++#endif
++
++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
++# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
++# define CHAR_T wchar_t
++# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
++# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
++# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
++# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
++# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
++ /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
++ on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead. */
++# define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
++# else
++ /* Unix. */
++# define SNPRINTF swprintf
++# endif
++#else
++# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
++# define CHAR_T char
++# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
++# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
++# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
++# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF)
++# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
++ /* Windows. */
++# define SNPRINTF _snprintf
++# else
++ /* Unix. */
++# define SNPRINTF snprintf
++# endif
++#endif
++
++CHAR_T *
++VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args)
++{
++ DIRECTIVES d;
++ arguments a;
++
++ if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
++ {
++ errno = EINVAL;
++ return NULL;
++ }
++
++#define CLEANUP() \
++ free (d.dir); \
++ if (a.arg) \
++ free (a.arg);
++
++ if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0)
++ {
++ CLEANUP ();
++ errno = EINVAL;
++ return NULL;
++ }
++
++ {
++ size_t buf_neededlength;
++ CHAR_T *buf;
++ CHAR_T *buf_malloced;
++ const CHAR_T *cp;
++ size_t i;
++ DIRECTIVE *dp;
++ /* Output string accumulator. */
++ CHAR_T *result;
++ size_t allocated;
++ size_t length;
++
++ /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
++ sprintf or snprintf. */
++ buf_neededlength =
++ xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6);
++#if HAVE_ALLOCA
++ if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T))
++ {
++ buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
++ buf_malloced = NULL;
++ }
++ else
++#endif
++ {
++ size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T));
++ if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize))
++ goto out_of_memory_1;
++ buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize);
++ if (buf == NULL)
++ goto out_of_memory_1;
++ buf_malloced = buf;
++ }
++
++ if (resultbuf != NULL)
++ {
++ result = resultbuf;
++ allocated = *lengthp;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ result = NULL;
++ allocated = 0;
++ }
++ length = 0;
++ /* Invariants:
++ result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
++ If length > 0, then result != NULL. */
++
++ /* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to
++ out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */
++#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \
++ if ((needed) > allocated) \
++ { \
++ size_t memory_size; \
++ CHAR_T *memory; \
++ \
++ allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \
++ if ((needed) > allocated) \
++ allocated = (needed); \
++ memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T)); \
++ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
++ goto out_of_memory; \
++ if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \
++ memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \
++ else \
++ memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \
++ if (memory == NULL) \
++ goto out_of_memory; \
++ if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \
++ memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T)); \
++ result = memory; \
++ }
++
++ for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
++ {
++ if (cp != dp->dir_start)
++ {
++ size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
++ size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n);
++
++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
++ memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
++ length = augmented_length;
++ }
++ if (i == d.count)
++ break;
++
++ /* Execute a single directive. */
++ if (dp->conversion == '%')
++ {
++ size_t augmented_length;
++
++ if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
++ abort ();
++ augmented_length = xsum (length, 1);
++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
++ result[length] = '%';
++ length = augmented_length;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
++ abort ();
++
++ if (dp->conversion == 'n')
++ {
++ switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
++ {
++ case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
++ break;
++ case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
++ break;
++ case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
++ break;
++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
++ break;
++#endif
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ }
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
++ CHAR_T *p;
++ unsigned int prefix_count;
++ int prefixes[2];
++#if !USE_SNPRINTF
++ size_t tmp_length;
++ CHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
++ CHAR_T *tmp;
++
++ /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
++ sprintf. */
++ {
++ size_t width;
++ size_t precision;
++
++ width = 0;
++ if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
++ {
++ if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
++ {
++ int arg;
++
++ if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
++ abort ();
++ arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
++ width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
++
++ do
++ width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
++ while (digitp != dp->width_end);
++ }
++ }
++
++ precision = 6;
++ if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
++ {
++ if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
++ {
++ int arg;
++
++ if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
++ abort ();
++ arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
++ precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
++
++ precision = 0;
++ do
++ precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
++ while (digitp != dp->precision_end);
++ }
++ }
++
++ switch (dp->conversion)
++ {
++
++ case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */
++ else
++# endif
++ if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */
++ else
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */
++ break;
++
++ case 'o':
++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */
++ else
++# endif
++ if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */
++ else
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */
++ break;
++
++ case 'x': case 'X':
++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */
++ else
++# endif
++ if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */
++ else
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */
++ break;
++
++ case 'f': case 'F':
++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
++ if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
++ else
++# endif
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
++ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
++ break;
++
++ case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
++ case 'a': case 'A':
++ tmp_length =
++ 12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
++ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
++ break;
++
++ case 'c':
++# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
++ if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
++ tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
++ else
++# endif
++ tmp_length = 1;
++ break;
++
++ case 's':
++# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
++ {
++ tmp_length =
++ local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string);
++
++# if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
++ tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX);
++# endif
++ }
++ else
++# endif
++ tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string);
++ break;
++
++ case 'p':
++ tmp_length =
++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
++ )
++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
++ + 2; /* account for leading 0x */
++ break;
++
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ }
++
++ if (tmp_length < width)
++ tmp_length = width;
++
++ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
++ }
++
++ if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T))
++ tmp = tmpbuf;
++ else
++ {
++ size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T));
++
++ if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
++ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
++ goto out_of_memory;
++ tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
++ if (tmp == NULL)
++ /* Out of memory. */
++ goto out_of_memory;
++ }
++#endif
++
++ /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
++ sprintf. */
++ p = buf;
++ *p++ = '%';
++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP)
++ *p++ = '\'';
++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)
++ *p++ = '-';
++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
++ *p++ = '+';
++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE)
++ *p++ = ' ';
++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT)
++ *p++ = '#';
++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO)
++ *p++ = '0';
++ if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
++ {
++ size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
++ memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
++ p += n;
++ }
++ if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
++ {
++ size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
++ memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
++ p += n;
++ }
++
++ switch (type)
++ {
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
++ case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
++ *p++ = 'l';
++ /*FALLTHROUGH*/
++#endif
++ case TYPE_LONGINT:
++ case TYPE_ULONGINT:
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++ case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
++#endif
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
++#endif
++ *p++ = 'l';
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
++ case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
++ *p++ = 'L';
++ break;
++#endif
++ default:
++ break;
++ }
++ *p = dp->conversion;
++#if USE_SNPRINTF
++ p[1] = '%';
++ p[2] = 'n';
++ p[3] = '\0';
++#else
++ p[1] = '\0';
++#endif
++
++ /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */
++ prefix_count = 0;
++ if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
++ {
++ if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
++ abort ();
++ prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
++ }
++ if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
++ {
++ if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
++ abort ();
++ prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
++ }
++
++#if USE_SNPRINTF
++ /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
++ via %n. */
++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
++ result[length] = '\0';
++#endif
++
++ for (;;)
++ {
++ size_t maxlen;
++ int count;
++ int retcount;
++
++ maxlen = allocated - length;
++ count = -1;
++ retcount = 0;
++
++#if USE_SNPRINTF
++# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
++ switch (prefix_count) \
++ { \
++ case 0: \
++ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
++ arg, &count); \
++ break; \
++ case 1: \
++ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
++ prefixes[0], arg, &count); \
++ break; \
++ case 2: \
++ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
++ prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
++ &count); \
++ break; \
++ default: \
++ abort (); \
++ }
++#else
++# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
++ switch (prefix_count) \
++ { \
++ case 0: \
++ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \
++ break; \
++ case 1: \
++ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \
++ break; \
++ case 2: \
++ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
++ arg); \
++ break; \
++ default: \
++ abort (); \
++ }
++#endif
++
++ switch (type)
++ {
++ case TYPE_SCHAR:
++ {
++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_UCHAR:
++ {
++ unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_SHORT:
++ {
++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_USHORT:
++ {
++ unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_INT:
++ {
++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_UINT:
++ {
++ unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_LONGINT:
++ {
++ long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_ULONGINT:
++ {
++ unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
++ case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
++ {
++ long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
++ {
++ unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_DOUBLE:
++ {
++ double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
++ case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
++ {
++ long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_CHAR:
++ {
++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
++ case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
++ {
++ wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_STRING:
++ {
++ const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
++ case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
++ {
++ const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++#endif
++ case TYPE_POINTER:
++ {
++ void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
++ }
++ break;
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ }
++
++#if USE_SNPRINTF
++ /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
++ are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of
++ bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
++ produced. */
++ if (count >= 0)
++ {
++ /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
++ result. */
++ if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0')
++ abort ();
++ /* Portability hack. */
++ if (retcount > count)
++ count = retcount;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
++ directive. */
++ if (p[1] != '\0')
++ {
++ /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
++ at the snprintf() return value. */
++ p[1] = '\0';
++ continue;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Look at the snprintf() return value. */
++ if (retcount < 0)
++ {
++ /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
++ It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
++ *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
++ that would have been required) when the
++ buffer is too small. */
++ size_t bigger_need =
++ xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12);
++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
++ continue;
++ }
++ else
++ count = retcount;
++ }
++ }
++#endif
++
++ /* Attempt to handle failure. */
++ if (count < 0)
++ {
++ if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
++ free (result);
++ if (buf_malloced != NULL)
++ free (buf_malloced);
++ CLEANUP ();
++ errno = EINVAL;
++ return NULL;
++ }
++
++#if !USE_SNPRINTF
++ if (count >= tmp_length)
++ /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
++ code above! */
++ abort ();
++#endif
++
++ /* Make room for the result. */
++ if (count >= maxlen)
++ {
++ /* Need at least count bytes. But allocate
++ proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if
++ snprintf() reports a too small count. */
++ size_t n =
++ xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2));
++
++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
++#if USE_SNPRINTF
++ continue;
++#endif
++ }
++
++#if USE_SNPRINTF
++ /* The snprintf() result did fit. */
++#else
++ /* Append the sprintf() result. */
++ memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T));
++ if (tmp != tmpbuf)
++ free (tmp);
++#endif
++
++ length += count;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* Add the final NUL. */
++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
++ result[length] = '\0';
++
++ if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
++ {
++ /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */
++ CHAR_T *memory;
++
++ memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T));
++ if (memory != NULL)
++ result = memory;
++ }
++
++ if (buf_malloced != NULL)
++ free (buf_malloced);
++ CLEANUP ();
++ *lengthp = length;
++ return result;
++
++ out_of_memory:
++ if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
++ free (result);
++ if (buf_malloced != NULL)
++ free (buf_malloced);
++ out_of_memory_1:
++ CLEANUP ();
++ errno = ENOMEM;
++ return NULL;
++ }
++}
++
++#undef SNPRINTF
++#undef USE_SNPRINTF
++#undef PRINTF_PARSE
++#undef DIRECTIVES
++#undef DIRECTIVE
++#undef CHAR_T
++#undef VASNPRINTF
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/vasnprintf.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/vasnprintf.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/vasnprintf.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/vasnprintf.h 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
++/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
++ Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
++#define _VASNPRINTF_H
++
++/* Get va_list. */
++#include <stdarg.h>
++
++/* Get size_t. */
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++#ifndef __attribute__
++/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
++# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
++# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
++# endif
++/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
++ are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
++# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
++# define __format__ format
++# define __printf__ printf
++# endif
++#endif
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
++/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
++ You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
++ size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
++ If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
++ if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
++ number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
++ errno and return NULL. */
++extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
++ __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
++extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
++ __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++
++#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/vasnwprintf.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/vasnwprintf.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/vasnwprintf.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/vasnwprintf.h 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
++/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
++ Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
++#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
++
++/* Get va_list. */
++#include <stdarg.h>
++
++/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
++/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
++ You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
++ size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
++ If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
++ if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
++ number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
++ errno and return NULL. */
++extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
++extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++
++#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/wprintf-parse.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/wprintf-parse.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/wprintf-parse.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/wprintf-parse.h 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
++/* Parse printf format string.
++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
++#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
++
++#include "printf-args.h"
++
++
++/* Flags */
++#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
++#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
++#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
++#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
++#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
++#define FLAG_ZERO 32
++
++/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
++#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
++
++/* A parsed directive. */
++typedef struct
++{
++ const wchar_t* dir_start;
++ const wchar_t* dir_end;
++ int flags;
++ const wchar_t* width_start;
++ const wchar_t* width_end;
++ size_t width_arg_index;
++ const wchar_t* precision_start;
++ const wchar_t* precision_end;
++ size_t precision_arg_index;
++ wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
++ size_t arg_index;
++}
++wchar_t_directive;
++
++/* A parsed format string. */
++typedef struct
++{
++ size_t count;
++ wchar_t_directive *dir;
++ size_t max_width_length;
++ size_t max_precision_length;
++}
++wchar_t_directives;
++
++
++/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
++ in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
++ to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
++ arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
++#ifdef STATIC
++STATIC
++#else
++extern
++#endif
++int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
++
++#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/xsize.h psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/xsize.h
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/intl/xsize.h 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/intl/xsize.h 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
++/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
++
++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
++ any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Library General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
++ USA. */
++
++#ifndef _XSIZE_H
++#define _XSIZE_H
++
++/* Get size_t. */
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
++#include <limits.h>
++#if HAVE_STDINT_H
++# include <stdint.h>
++#endif
++
++/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
++ type size_t. Example:
++ void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
++ These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
++ returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
++ crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
++ To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
++ The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
++ malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
++ implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
++ or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
++ The example thus becomes:
++ size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
++ void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
++*/
++
++/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
++#define xcast_size_t(N) \
++ ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
++
++/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
++static inline size_t
++#if __GNUC__ >= 3
++__attribute__ ((__pure__))
++#endif
++xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
++{
++ size_t sum = size1 + size2;
++ return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
++}
++
++/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
++static inline size_t
++#if __GNUC__ >= 3
++__attribute__ ((__pure__))
++#endif
++xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
++{
++ return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
++}
++
++/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
++static inline size_t
++#if __GNUC__ >= 3
++__attribute__ ((__pure__))
++#endif
++xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
++{
++ return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
++}
++
++/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
++static inline size_t
++#if __GNUC__ >= 3
++__attribute__ ((__pure__))
++#endif
++xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
++{
++ /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
++ max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
++ return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
++}
++
++/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
++ The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
++ This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
++ when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */
++#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
++ ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
++
++/* Check for overflow. */
++#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
++ ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
++/* Check against overflow. */
++#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
++ ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
++
++#endif /* _XSIZE_H */
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/ChangeLog psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/ChangeLog
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/ChangeLog 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/ChangeLog 2004-10-13 15:11:01.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
++2004-10-13 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
++
++ * gettext.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * inttypes_h.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * isc-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * lib-ld.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * lib-link.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * lib-prefix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * longdouble.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * progtest.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * signed.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * stdint_h.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * uintmax_t.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * ulonglong.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1.
++ * wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1.
++ * Makefile.am: New file.
++
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/Makefile psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/Makefile
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/Makefile.am psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/Makefile.am
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/Makefile.am 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/Makefile.am 2004-10-13 15:11:01.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1 @@
++EXTRA_DIST = intmax.m4 isc-posix.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 nls.m4 po.m4 printf-posix.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/Makefile.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/Makefile.in
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/codeset.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/codeset.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/codeset.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/codeset.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
++# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
++ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
++ [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
++ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
++ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
++ ])
++ if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
++ [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/codeset.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/codeset.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/gettext.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/gettext.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/gettext.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/gettext.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
++# gettext.m4 serial 28 (gettext-0.13)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++dnl
++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
++dnl functionality.
++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
++dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
++
++dnl Authors:
++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
++dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
++
++dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
++
++dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
++dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
++dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
++dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
++dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
++dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
++dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
++dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
++dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
++dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
++dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
++dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
++dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
++dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
++dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
++dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
++dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
++dnl
++dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
++dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
++dnl and used.
++dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
++dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
++dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
++dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
++dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
++dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
++dnl Catalog format: none
++dnl Catalog extension: none
++dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
++dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
++dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
++dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
++dnl maintainers.
++dnl
++AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
++[
++ dnl Argument checking.
++ ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
++ [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
++])])])])])
++ ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
++ [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
++])])])])
++ define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
++ define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
++
++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
++ ])
++
++ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
++
++ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
++ dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
++ dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
++ dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
++ dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
++ dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
++ dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
++ dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
++ dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
++ dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
++ dnl documented, we avoid it.
++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
++ ])
++
++ dnl Set USE_NLS.
++ AM_NLS
++
++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
++ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
++ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
++ ])
++ LIBINTL=
++ LTLIBINTL=
++ POSUB=
++
++ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
++ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
++ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
++ AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
++ [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
++ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
++ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
++ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
++
++ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
++ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
++ ])
++ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
++ dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
++ dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
++
++ dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
++ define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
++ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
++ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
++
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
++ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
++]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
++[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
++#endif
++changequote(,)dnl
++typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
++changequote([,])dnl
++], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
++extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
++ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
++return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
++
++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
++ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
++ AM_ICONV_LINK
++ ])
++ dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
++ dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
++ dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
++ dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
++ [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
++ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
++ gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
++ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
++]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
++[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
++#endif
++changequote(,)dnl
++typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
++changequote([,])dnl
++], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
++extern
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++"C"
++#endif
++const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
++ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
++return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
++ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
++]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
++[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
++#endif
++changequote(,)dnl
++typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
++changequote([,])dnl
++], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
++extern
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++"C"
++#endif
++const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
++ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
++return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
++ [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
++ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
++ ])
++ fi
++ CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
++ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
++ fi
++
++ dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
++ dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
++ dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
++ dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
++ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
++ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
++ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
++ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
++ else
++ dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
++ LIBINTL=
++ LTLIBINTL=
++ INCINTL=
++ fi
++
++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
++ dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
++ dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
++ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
++ fi
++ fi
++
++ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
++ dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
++ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
++ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
++ LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
++ LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
++ LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
++ fi
++
++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
++ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
++ dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
++ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
++ fi
++ ])
++
++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
++ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
++ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
++ [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
++ is requested.])
++ else
++ USE_NLS=no
++ fi
++ fi
++
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
++ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
++ gt_source="external libintl"
++ else
++ gt_source="libc"
++ fi
++ else
++ gt_source="included intl directory"
++ fi
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
++ fi
++
++ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
++
++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
++ fi
++
++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
++ [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
++ [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
++ fi
++
++ dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
++ POSUB=po
++ fi
++
++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
++ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
++ dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
++ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
++ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
++ fi
++
++ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
++ AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
++ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
++ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
++
++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
++ nls_cv_header_intl=
++ nls_cv_header_libgt=
++
++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
++ DATADIRNAME=share
++ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
++
++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
++ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
++ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
++
++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
++ GENCAT=gencat
++ AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
++
++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
++ if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
++ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
++ fi
++ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
++
++ dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
++ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
++ AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
++ ])
++
++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
++ INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
++ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
++
++ dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
++ AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
++ AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
++ AC_SUBST(POSUB)
++])
++
++
++dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
++dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
++dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
++AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([bh_C_SIGNED])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl
++
++ AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], ,
++ [AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long],
++ [Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.])
++ ])
++ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
++stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
++ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid \
++mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale snprintf stpcpy strcasecmp strdup \
++strtoul tsearch wcslen __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \
++__fsetlocking])
++
++ dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it
++ dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter).
++ gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
++ gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
++
++ dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
++ dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
++ dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
++ dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
++ dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
++ gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
++ gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
++ gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
++
++ case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
++ *yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;;
++ *) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;;
++ esac
++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF])
++ if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then
++ HAVE_ASPRINTF=1
++ else
++ HAVE_ASPRINTF=0
++ fi
++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF])
++ if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then
++ HAVE_SNPRINTF=1
++ else
++ HAVE_SNPRINTF=0
++ fi
++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF])
++ if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then
++ HAVE_WPRINTF=1
++ else
++ HAVE_WPRINTF=0
++ fi
++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF])
++
++ AM_ICONV
++ AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
++ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
++ AM_LC_MESSAGES
++ fi
++
++ dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
++ dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
++ dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
++ dnl compile.
++ dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
++ dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
++ dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
++ dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
++ dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
++ dnl present or too old.
++ AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
++ if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
++ ac_verc_fail=yes
++ else
++ dnl Found it, now check the version.
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
++changequote(<<,>>)dnl
++ ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
++ case $ac_prog_version in
++ '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
++ 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
++changequote([,])dnl
++ ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
++ *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
++ esac
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
++ fi
++ if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
++ INTLBISON=:
++ fi
++])
++
++
++dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES)
++dnl Check whether a function is declared.
++AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1,
++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [
++#ifndef $1
++ char *p = (char *) $1;
++#endif
++], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)])
++ if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then
++ gt_value=1
++ else
++ gt_value=0
++ fi
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value],
++ [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.])
++])
++
++
++dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
++AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/gettext.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/gettext.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/glibc21.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/glibc21.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/glibc21.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/glibc21.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
++# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
++# From Bruno Haible.
++
++AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
++ [
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
++ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
++ [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
++ [
++#include <features.h>
++#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
++ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
++ Lucky GNU user
++ #endif
++#endif
++ ],
++ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
++ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
++ ]
++ )
++ AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
++ GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
++ ]
++)
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/glibc21.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/glibc21.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/iconv.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/iconv.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/iconv.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/iconv.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
++# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
++[
++ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
++
++ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
++ dnl accordingly.
++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
++])
++
++AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
++[
++ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
++ dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
++
++ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
++ dnl accordingly.
++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
++
++ dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
++ dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
++ dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
++ dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
++ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
++
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
++ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
++ am_cv_lib_iconv=no
++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <iconv.h>],
++ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
++ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
++ iconv_close(cd);],
++ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
++ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
++ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <iconv.h>],
++ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
++ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
++ iconv_close(cd);],
++ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
++ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
++ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
++ fi
++ ])
++ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
++ fi
++ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
++ else
++ dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
++ dnl either.
++ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
++ LIBICONV=
++ LTLIBICONV=
++ fi
++ AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
++ AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
++])
++
++AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
++[
++ AM_ICONV_LINK
++ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
++ AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <iconv.h>
++extern
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++"C"
++#endif
++#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
++size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
++#else
++size_t iconv();
++#endif
++], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
++ am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
++ am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
++ }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
++ [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/iconv.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/iconv.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/intdiv0.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/intdiv0.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/intdiv0.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/intdiv0.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
++# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
++
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
++ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
++ [
++ AC_TRY_RUN([
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <signal.h>
++
++static void
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++sigfpe_handler (int sig)
++#else
++sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
++#endif
++{
++ /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */
++ exit (sig != SIGFPE);
++}
++
++int x = 1;
++int y = 0;
++int z;
++int nan;
++
++int main ()
++{
++ signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
++/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */
++#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
++ signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
++#endif
++/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */
++#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
++ signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
++#endif
++
++ z = x / y;
++ nan = y / y;
++ exit (1);
++}
++], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
++ [
++ # Guess based on the CPU.
++ case "$host_cpu" in
++ alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
++ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
++ *)
++ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
++ esac
++ ])
++ ])
++ case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
++ *yes) value=1;;
++ *) value=0;;
++ esac
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
++ [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/intdiv0.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/intdiv0.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/intmax.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/intmax.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/intmax.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/intmax.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
++# intmax.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++dnl Test whether the system has the 'intmax_t' type, but don't attempt to
++dnl find a replacement if it is lacking.
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t,
++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
++#include <stddef.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
++#include <stdint.h>
++#endif
++#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
++#include <inttypes.h>
++#endif
++], [intmax_t x = -1;], gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes, gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)])
++ if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1,
++ [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/intmax.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/intmax.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes-pri.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
++# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
++# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
++ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
++ gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
++ [
++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
++#ifdef PRId32
++char *p = PRId32;
++#endif
++], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
++ ])
++ fi
++ if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
++ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes-pri.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes-pri.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
++# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Paul Eggert.
++
++# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
++# <sys/types.h>.
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
++ [
++ AC_TRY_COMPILE(
++ [#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <inttypes.h>],
++ [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
++ ])
++ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
++ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes_h.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes_h.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes_h.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes_h.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
++# inttypes_h.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Paul Eggert.
++
++# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
++# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
++
++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
++ [#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <inttypes.h>],
++ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
++ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
++ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
++ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
++ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
++ and declares uintmax_t. ])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/inttypes_h.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/inttypes_h.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/isc-posix.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/isc-posix.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/isc-posix.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/isc-posix.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
++# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005.
++
++# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
++# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
++# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
++# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
++# give these diagnostics:
++# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
++# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
++
++undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
++
++AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
++ [
++ dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
++ AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
++ ]
++)
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/isc-posix.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/isc-posix.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lcmessage.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lcmessage.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lcmessage.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lcmessage.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
++# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++dnl
++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
++dnl functionality.
++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
++dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
++
++dnl Authors:
++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
++
++# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
++
++AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
++ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
++ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
++ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
++ [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lcmessage.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lcmessage.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-ld.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-ld.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-ld.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-ld.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
++# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
++dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
++dnl with libtool.m4.
++
++dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
++[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
++[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
++case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
++*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
++ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
++*)
++ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
++esac])
++with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
++])
++
++dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
++[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
++[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
++test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
++AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
++AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
++# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
++# The user is always right.
++if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
++ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
++ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
++ chmod +x conf$$.sh
++ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
++ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
++ else
++ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
++ fi
++ rm -f conf$$.sh
++fi
++ac_prog=ld
++if test "$GCC" = yes; then
++ # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
++ case $host in
++ *-*-mingw*)
++ # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
++ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
++ *)
++ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
++ esac
++ case $ac_prog in
++ # Accept absolute paths.
++ [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
++ [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
++ # Canonicalize the path of ld
++ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
++ while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
++ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
++ done
++ test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
++ ;;
++ "")
++ # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
++ ac_prog=ld
++ ;;
++ *)
++ # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
++ with_gnu_ld=unknown
++ ;;
++ esac
++elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
++else
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
++fi
++AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
++[if test -z "$LD"; then
++ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
++ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
++ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
++ if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
++ acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
++ # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
++ # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
++ # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
++ case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
++ *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
++ test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
++ *)
++ test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
++ esac
++ fi
++ done
++ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
++else
++ acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
++fi])
++LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
++if test -n "$LD"; then
++ AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
++else
++ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
++fi
++test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
++AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-ld.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-ld.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-link.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-link.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-link.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-link.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
++# lib-link.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
++dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
++dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
++dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
++ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
++ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
++ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
++ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
++ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
++ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
++ ])
++ LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
++ LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
++ INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
++ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
++ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
++ dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
++ dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
++ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
++ undefine([Name])
++ undefine([NAME])
++])
++
++dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
++dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
++dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
++dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
++dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
++dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
++dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
++dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
++ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
++ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
++ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
++
++ dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
++ dnl accordingly.
++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
++
++ dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
++ dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
++ dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
++ ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
++
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
++ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
++ AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
++ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
++ ])
++ if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
++ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
++ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
++ else
++ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
++ dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
++ dnl $INC[]NAME either.
++ CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
++ LIB[]NAME=
++ LTLIB[]NAME=
++ fi
++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
++ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
++ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
++ undefine([Name])
++ undefine([NAME])
++])
++
++dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
++dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
++dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
++ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
++ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
++ . ./conftest.sh
++ rm -f ./conftest.sh
++ acl_cv_rpath=done
++ ])
++ wl="$acl_cv_wl"
++ libext="$acl_cv_libext"
++ shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
++ hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
++ hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
++ hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
++ dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
++ AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
++ [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
++ :, enable_rpath=yes)
++])
++
++dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
++dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
++dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
++[
++ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
++ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
++ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
++ use_additional=yes
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
++ ])
++ AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
++[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
++ --without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
++[
++ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
++ use_additional=no
++ else
++ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
++ ])
++ else
++ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
++ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
++ fi
++ fi
++])
++ dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
++ dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
++ LIB[]NAME=
++ LTLIB[]NAME=
++ INC[]NAME=
++ rpathdirs=
++ ltrpathdirs=
++ names_already_handled=
++ names_next_round='$1 $2'
++ while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
++ names_this_round="$names_next_round"
++ names_next_round=
++ for name in $names_this_round; do
++ already_handled=
++ for n in $names_already_handled; do
++ if test "$n" = "$name"; then
++ already_handled=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$already_handled"; then
++ names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
++ dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
++ dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
++ uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
++ eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
++ if test -n "$value"; then
++ if test "$value" = yes; then
++ eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
++ test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
++ eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
++ test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
++ else
++ dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
++ dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
++ :
++ fi
++ else
++ dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
++ dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
++ found_dir=
++ found_la=
++ found_so=
++ found_a=
++ if test $use_additional = yes; then
++ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
++ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
++ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
++ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
++ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
++ fi
++ else
++ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
++ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
++ found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
++ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
++ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ case "$x" in
++ -L*)
++ dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
++ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
++ found_dir="$dir"
++ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
++ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
++ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
++ fi
++ else
++ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
++ found_dir="$dir"
++ found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
++ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
++ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ ;;
++ esac
++ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ fi
++ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
++ dnl Found the library.
++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
++ if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
++ dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
++ dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
++ dnl standard /usr/lib.
++ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
++ dnl No hardcoding is needed.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
++ else
++ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
++ dnl binary.
++ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
++ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
++ haveit=
++ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
++ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
++ fi
++ dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
++ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
++ dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
++ dnl resulting binary.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
++ else
++ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
++ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
++ dnl binary.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
++ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
++ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
++ haveit=
++ for x in $rpathdirs; do
++ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
++ fi
++ else
++ dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
++ dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
++ dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
++ haveit=
++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
++ fi
++ if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
++ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
++ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
++ dnl here.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
++ else
++ dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
++ dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
++ dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
++ dnl very old systems.
++ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
++ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
++ dnl here.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ else
++ if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
++ dnl Linking with a static library.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
++ else
++ dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
++ dnl fallback.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
++ fi
++ fi
++ dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
++ additional_includedir=
++ case "$found_dir" in
++ */lib | */lib/)
++ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
++ additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
++ ;;
++ esac
++ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
++ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
++ dnl But don't add it
++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
++ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
++ dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
++ dnl constructed $INCNAME,
++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
++ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
++ haveit=
++ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
++ if test -n "$GCC"; then
++ case $host_os in
++ linux*) haveit=yes;;
++ esac
++ fi
++ fi
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
++ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
++ INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ dnl Look for dependencies.
++ if test -n "$found_la"; then
++ dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
++ dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
++ dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
++ save_libdir="$libdir"
++ case "$found_la" in
++ */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
++ *) . "./$found_la" ;;
++ esac
++ libdir="$save_libdir"
++ dnl We use only dependency_libs.
++ for dep in $dependency_libs; do
++ case "$dep" in
++ -L*)
++ additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
++ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
++ dnl But don't add it
++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
++ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
++ dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
++ dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
++ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
++ haveit=
++ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
++ if test -n "$GCC"; then
++ case $host_os in
++ linux*) haveit=yes;;
++ esac
++ fi
++ fi
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ haveit=
++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
++ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
++ fi
++ fi
++ haveit=
++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
++ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ ;;
++ -R*)
++ dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
++ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
++ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
++ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
++ haveit=
++ for x in $rpathdirs; do
++ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
++ fi
++ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
++ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
++ haveit=
++ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
++ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
++ fi
++ fi
++ ;;
++ -l*)
++ dnl Handle this in the next round.
++ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
++ ;;
++ *.la)
++ dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
++ dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
++ dnl option.
++ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
++ ;;
++ *)
++ dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
++ ;;
++ esac
++ done
++ fi
++ else
++ dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
++ dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
++ dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
++ dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ done
++ done
++ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
++ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
++ dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
++ dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
++ dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
++ alldirs=
++ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
++ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
++ done
++ dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
++ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
++ libdir="$alldirs"
++ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
++ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
++ else
++ dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
++ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
++ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
++ libdir="$found_dir"
++ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
++ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
++ done
++ fi
++ fi
++ if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
++ dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
++ dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
++ for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
++ done
++ fi
++])
++
++dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
++dnl unless already present in VAR.
++dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
++dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
++[
++ for element in [$2]; do
++ haveit=
++ for x in $[$1]; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
++ fi
++ done
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-link.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-link.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-prefix.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-prefix.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-prefix.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-prefix.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
++# lib-prefix.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
++dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
++dnl require excessive bracketing.
++ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
++[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
++[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
++
++dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
++dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
++dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
++dnl with the same --prefix option.
++dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
++dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
++[
++ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
++ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
++ use_additional=yes
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
++ ])
++ AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
++[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
++ --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
++[
++ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
++ use_additional=no
++ else
++ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
++ ])
++ else
++ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
++ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
++ fi
++ fi
++])
++ if test $use_additional = yes; then
++ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
++ dnl But don't add it
++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
++ dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
++ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
++ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
++ haveit=
++ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
++ if test -n "$GCC"; then
++ case $host_os in
++ linux*) haveit=yes;;
++ esac
++ fi
++ fi
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
++ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
++ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
++ dnl But don't add it
++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
++ dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
++ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
++ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
++ haveit=
++ for x in $LDFLAGS; do
++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
++ haveit=yes
++ break
++ fi
++ done
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
++ if test -n "$GCC"; then
++ case $host_os in
++ linux*) haveit=yes;;
++ esac
++ fi
++ fi
++ if test -z "$haveit"; then
++ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
++ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
++ LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++ fi
++])
++
++dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
++dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
++dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
++[
++ dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
++ dnl at the end of configure.
++ if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
++ acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
++ else
++ acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
++ fi
++ if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
++ acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
++ else
++ acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
++ fi
++ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
++ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
++ eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
++ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
++])
++
++dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
++dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
++dnl at the end of the configure script.
++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
++[
++ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
++ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
++ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
++ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
++ $1
++ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
++ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/lib-prefix.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/lib-prefix.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/longdouble.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/longdouble.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/longdouble.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/longdouble.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
++# longdouble.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++dnl Test whether the compiler supports the 'long double' type.
++dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long double], gt_cv_c_long_double,
++ [if test "$GCC" = yes; then
++ gt_cv_c_long_double=yes
++ else
++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
++ /* The Stardent Vistra knows sizeof(long double), but does not support it. */
++ long double foo = 0.0;
++ /* On Ultrix 4.3 cc, long double is 4 and double is 8. */
++ int array [2*(sizeof(long double) >= sizeof(double)) - 1];
++ ], ,
++ gt_cv_c_long_double=yes, gt_cv_c_long_double=no)
++ fi])
++ if test $gt_cv_c_long_double = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE, 1, [Define if you have the 'long double' type.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/longdouble.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/longdouble.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/longlong.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/longlong.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/longlong.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/longlong.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
++# longlong.m4 serial 4
++dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Paul Eggert.
++
++# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG if 'long long' works.
++
++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long], ac_cv_type_long_long,
++ [AC_TRY_LINK([long long ll = 1LL; int i = 63;],
++ [long long llmax = (long long) -1;
++ return ll << i | ll >> i | llmax / ll | llmax % ll;],
++ ac_cv_type_long_long=yes,
++ ac_cv_type_long_long=no)])
++ if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1,
++ [Define if you have the 'long long' type.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/longlong.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/longlong.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/nls.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/nls.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/nls.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/nls.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
++# nls.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++dnl
++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
++dnl functionality.
++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
++dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
++
++dnl Authors:
++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
++dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
++
++AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
++[
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
++ dnl Default is enabled NLS
++ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
++ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
++ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
++ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
++ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
++])
++
++AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
++[
++ dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
++ dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
++ dnl Try to locate it.
++ MKINSTALLDIRS=
++ if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
++ case "$ac_aux_dir" in
++ /*) MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;;
++ *) MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_builddir)/$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;;
++ esac
++ fi
++ if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
++ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
++ fi
++ AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/nls.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/nls.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/po.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/po.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/po.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/po.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
++# po.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.14)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++dnl
++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
++dnl functionality.
++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
++dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
++
++dnl Authors:
++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
++dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
++
++dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
++AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
++
++ dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
++ dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
++
++ dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
++ dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
++ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
++ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
++ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
++ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
++ :)
++ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
++
++ dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
++ dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
++ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
++ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
++ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
++ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
++ :)
++ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
++ rm -f messages.po
++
++ dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
++ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
++ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
++
++ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
++ dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
++ if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
++ dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
++ dnl Makefiles still can work.
++ if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
++ (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
++ : ;
++ else
++ GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
++ AC_MSG_RESULT(
++ [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
++ GMSGFMT=":"
++ fi
++ fi
++
++ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
++ dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
++ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
++ dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
++ dnl Makefiles still can work.
++ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
++ (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
++ : ;
++ else
++ AC_MSG_RESULT(
++ [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
++ XGETTEXT=":"
++ fi
++ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
++ rm -f messages.po
++ fi
++
++ AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
++ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
++ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
++ case "$ac_file" in
++ *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
++ esac
++ # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
++ case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
++ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
++ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
++ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
++ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
++ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
++ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
++ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
++ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
++ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
++ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
++ esac
++ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
++ rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
++ cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
++ POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
++ # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
++ # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
++ # parameters.
++ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
++ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
++ if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
++ fi
++ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
++ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
++ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
++ POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
++ else
++ # The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
++ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
++ fi
++ # Compute POFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
++ # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
++ # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
++ # Compute GMOFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
++ .) srcdirpre= ;;
++ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
++ esac
++ POFILES=
++ UPDATEPOFILES=
++ DUMMYPOFILES=
++ GMOFILES=
++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
++ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
++ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
++ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
++ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
++ done
++ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
++ # environment variable.
++ INST_LINGUAS=
++ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
++ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
++ useit=no
++ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
++ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
++ else
++ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
++ fi
++ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
++ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
++ # a. equal to presentlang, or
++ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
++ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
++ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
++ case "$desiredlang" in
++ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
++ esac
++ done
++ if test $useit = yes; then
++ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
++ fi
++ done
++ fi
++ CATALOGS=
++ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
++ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
++ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
++ done
++ fi
++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
++ sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
++ for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
++ if test -f "$f"; then
++ case "$f" in
++ *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
++ *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
++ esac
++ fi
++ done
++ fi
++ ;;
++ esac
++ done],
++ [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
++ # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
++ # from automake.
++ eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
++ # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
++ LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
++ ])
++])
++
++dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
++AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
++[
++ # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
++ # set:
++ # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
++ # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
++ # time.
++
++changequote(,)dnl
++ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
++ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
++ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
++ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
++ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
++ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
++ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
++ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
++ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
++ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
++ esac
++
++ # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
++ if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
++ gt_echo='echo'
++ else
++ if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
++ gt_echo='printf %s\n'
++ else
++ echo_func () {
++ cat <<EOT
++$*
++EOT
++ }
++ gt_echo='echo_func'
++ fi
++ fi
++
++ # A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
++ sed_x_variable='
++# Test if the hold space is empty.
++x
++s/P/P/
++x
++ta
++# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
++/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=/{
++ # Seen the first line of the variable definition.
++ s/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=//
++ ba
++}
++bd
++:a
++# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
++# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
++s/#.*$/ /
++# See if the line ends in a backslash.
++tb
++:b
++s/\\$//
++# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
++p
++tc
++# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
++# reached. Clear the hold space.
++s/^.*$//
++x
++bd
++:c
++# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
++# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
++s/^.*$/P/
++x
++:d
++'
++changequote([,])dnl
++
++ # Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
++ sed_x_POTFILES="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`"
++ POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
++ # Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
++ # $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
++ POTFILES_DEPS=
++ for file in $POTFILES; do
++ POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
++ done
++ POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
++
++ if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
++ fi
++ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
++ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
++ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
++ POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
++ else
++ # Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
++ sed_x_LINGUAS="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`"
++ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
++ fi
++ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
++ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
++ # Compute POFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
++ # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
++ # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
++ # Compute GMOFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
++ # Compute PROPERTIESFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
++ # Compute CLASSFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
++ # Compute QMFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
++ # Compute MSGFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
++ # Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
++ .) srcdirpre= ;;
++ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
++ esac
++ POFILES=
++ UPDATEPOFILES=
++ DUMMYPOFILES=
++ GMOFILES=
++ PROPERTIESFILES=
++ CLASSFILES=
++ QMFILES=
++ MSGFILES=
++ RESOURCESDLLFILES=
++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
++ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
++ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
++ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
++ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
++ PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
++ CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
++ QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
++ MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'`
++ RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
++ done
++ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
++ # environment variable.
++ INST_LINGUAS=
++ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
++ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
++ useit=no
++ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
++ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
++ else
++ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
++ fi
++ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
++ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
++ # a. equal to presentlang, or
++ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
++ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
++ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
++ case "$desiredlang" in
++ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
++ esac
++ done
++ if test $useit = yes; then
++ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
++ fi
++ done
++ fi
++ CATALOGS=
++ JAVACATALOGS=
++ QTCATALOGS=
++ TCLCATALOGS=
++ CSHARPCATALOGS=
++ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
++ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
++ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
++ JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
++ QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
++ TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'`
++ CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
++ done
++ fi
++
++ sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
++ if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
++ # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
++ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
++$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
++ @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
++ \$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
++EOF
++ done
++ fi
++ if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
++ # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'`
++ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
++$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
++ @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
++ \$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
++EOF
++ done
++ fi
++ if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
++ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
++Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
++EOF
++ fi
++ mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/po.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/po.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/printf-posix.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/printf-posix.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/printf-posix.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/printf-posix.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
++# printf-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.13.1)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++dnl Test whether the printf() function supports POSIX/XSI format strings with
++dnl positions.
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_PRINTF_POSIX],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether printf() supports POSIX/XSI format strings],
++ gt_cv_func_printf_posix,
++ [
++ AC_TRY_RUN([
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <string.h>
++/* The string "%2$d %1$d", with dollar characters protected from the shell's
++ dollar expansion (possibly an autoconf bug). */
++static char format[] = { '%', '2', '$', 'd', ' ', '%', '1', '$', 'd', '\0' };
++static char buf[100];
++int main ()
++{
++ sprintf (buf, format, 33, 55);
++ return (strcmp (buf, "55 33") != 0);
++}], gt_cv_func_printf_posix=yes, gt_cv_func_printf_posix=no,
++ [
++ AC_EGREP_CPP(notposix, [
++#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
++ notposix
++#endif
++ ], gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing no",
++ gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing yes")
++ ])
++ ])
++ case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
++ *yes)
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF, 1,
++ [Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions.])
++ ;;
++ esac
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/printf-posix.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/printf-posix.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/progtest.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/progtest.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/progtest.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/progtest.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
++# progtest.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++dnl
++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
++dnl functionality.
++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
++dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
++
++dnl Authors:
++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
++
++# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
++
++dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
++dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
++AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
++[
++# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
++# The user is always right.
++if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
++ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
++ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
++ chmod +x conf$$.sh
++ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
++ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
++ else
++ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
++ fi
++ rm -f conf$$.sh
++fi
++
++# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
++# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
++cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
++#! /bin/sh
++exit 0
++_ASEOF
++chmod +x conf$$.file
++if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
++ ac_executable_p="test -x"
++else
++ ac_executable_p="test -f"
++fi
++rm -f conf$$.file
++
++# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
++set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
++AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
++AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
++[case "[$]$1" in
++ [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
++ ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
++ ;;
++ *)
++ ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
++ for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
++ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
++ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
++ if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
++ if [$3]; then
++ ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
++ break 2
++ fi
++ fi
++ done
++ done
++ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
++dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
++dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
++ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
++])dnl
++ ;;
++esac])dnl
++$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
++if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
++else
++ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
++fi
++AC_SUBST($1)dnl
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/progtest.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/progtest.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/signed.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/signed.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/signed.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/signed.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
++# signed.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.10.40)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++AC_DEFUN([bh_C_SIGNED],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for signed], bh_cv_c_signed,
++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(, [signed char x;], bh_cv_c_signed=yes, bh_cv_c_signed=no)])
++ if test $bh_cv_c_signed = no; then
++ AC_DEFINE(signed, ,
++ [Define to empty if the C compiler doesn't support this keyword.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/signed.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/signed.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/size_max.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/size_max.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/size_max.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/size_max.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
++# size_max.m4 serial 2
++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++
++AC_DEFUN([gl_SIZE_MAX],
++[
++ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h)
++ dnl First test whether the system already has SIZE_MAX.
++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIZE_MAX])
++ result=
++ AC_EGREP_CPP([Found it], [
++#include <limits.h>
++#if HAVE_STDINT_H
++#include <stdint.h>
++#endif
++#ifdef SIZE_MAX
++Found it
++#endif
++], result=yes)
++ if test -z "$result"; then
++ dnl Define it ourselves. Here we assume that the type 'size_t' is not wider
++ dnl than the type 'unsigned long'.
++ dnl The _AC_COMPUTE_INT macro works up to LONG_MAX, since it uses 'expr',
++ dnl which is guaranteed to work from LONG_MIN to LONG_MAX.
++ _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 / 10], res_hi,
++ [#include <stddef.h>], result=?)
++ _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 % 10], res_lo,
++ [#include <stddef.h>], result=?)
++ _AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) <= sizeof (unsigned int)], fits_in_uint,
++ [#include <stddef.h>], result=?)
++ if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then
++ dnl Even though SIZE_MAX fits in an unsigned int, it must be of type
++ dnl 'unsigned long' if the type 'size_t' is the same as 'unsigned long'.
++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
++ extern size_t foo;
++ extern unsigned long foo;
++ ], [], fits_in_uint=0)
++ fi
++ if test -z "$result"; then
++ if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then
++ result="$res_hi$res_lo"U
++ else
++ result="$res_hi$res_lo"UL
++ fi
++ else
++ dnl Shouldn't happen, but who knows...
++ result='~(size_t)0'
++ fi
++ fi
++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
++ if test "$result" != yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SIZE_MAX], [$result],
++ [Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define it.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/size_max.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/size_max.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/stdint_h.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/stdint_h.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/stdint_h.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/stdint_h.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
++# stdint_h.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Paul Eggert.
++
++# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
++# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
++
++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
++ [#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <stdint.h>],
++ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
++ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
++ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
++ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
++ [Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
++ and declares uintmax_t. ])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/stdint_h.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/stdint_h.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/uintmax_t.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/uintmax_t.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/uintmax_t.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/uintmax_t.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
++# uintmax_t.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Paul Eggert.
++
++AC_PREREQ(2.13)
++
++# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long'
++# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.
++
++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
++[
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
++ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
++ test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
++ && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
++ || ac_type='unsigned long'
++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
++ [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
++ if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.])
++ else
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1,
++ [Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/uintmax_t.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/uintmax_t.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/ulonglong.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/ulonglong.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/ulonglong.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/ulonglong.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
++# ulonglong.m4 serial 3
++dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Paul Eggert.
++
++# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG if 'unsigned long long' works.
++
++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
++ [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1ULL; int i = 63;],
++ [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
++ return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
++ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
++ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
++ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
++ [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/ulonglong.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/ulonglong.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/wchar_t.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/wchar_t.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/wchar_t.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/wchar_t.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
++# wchar_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++dnl Test whether <stddef.h> has the 'wchar_t' type.
++dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wchar_t], gt_cv_c_wchar_t,
++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
++ wchar_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], ,
++ gt_cv_c_wchar_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wchar_t=no)])
++ if test $gt_cv_c_wchar_t = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/wchar_t.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/wchar_t.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/wint_t.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/wint_t.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/wint_t.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/wint_t.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
++# wint_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++dnl From Bruno Haible.
++dnl Test whether <wchar.h> has the 'wint_t' type.
++dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
++
++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WINT_T],
++[
++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wint_t], gt_cv_c_wint_t,
++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <wchar.h>
++ wint_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], ,
++ gt_cv_c_wint_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wint_t=no)])
++ if test $gt_cv_c_wint_t = yes; then
++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINT_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wint_t' type.])
++ fi
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/wint_t.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/wint_t.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/xsize.m4 psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/xsize.m4
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/xsize.m4 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/xsize.m4 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
++# xsize.m4 serial 2
++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
++
++AC_DEFUN([gl_XSIZE],
++[
++ dnl Prerequisites of lib/xsize.h.
++ AC_REQUIRE([gl_SIZE_MAX])
++ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h)
++])
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/m4/xsize.m4~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/m4/xsize.m4~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/missing psmisc-20.2.works.clean/missing
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/mkinstalldirs psmisc-20.2.works.clean/mkinstalldirs
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Makefile.in.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Makefile.in.in
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Makefile.in.in 2001-04-13 23:00:46.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Makefile.in.in 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
+-# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
+-# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
++# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
++# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2004 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ #
+-# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
++# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
++# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
++# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
++# functionality.
++# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
++# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
++#
++# Origin: gettext-0.14
+
+ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+ VERSION = @VERSION@
+@@ -14,88 +18,139 @@
+
+ srcdir = @srcdir@
+ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+-top_builddir = ..
+ VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+ prefix = @prefix@
+ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+-datadir = $(prefix)/share
++datadir = @datadir@
+ localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+-gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
+-subdir = po
++gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
+
+ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
++mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+-CC = @CC@
+-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ MSGMERGE = msgmerge
+-
+-DEFS = @DEFS@
+-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+-
+-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+-
+-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
++MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
++MSGINIT = msginit
++MSGCONV = msgconv
++MSGFILTER = msgfilter
+
+ POFILES = @POFILES@
+ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+-DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
+-$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES)
++UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
++DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
++DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
++$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
++DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po \
++$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
++$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
+
+ POTFILES = \
+
+ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+
+-.SUFFIXES:
+-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo
+-
+-.c.o:
+- $(COMPILE) $<
++# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
+
+-.po.pox:
+- $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
+- $(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
++.SUFFIXES:
++.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
+
+ .po.mo:
+- $(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
++ @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
++ $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
+
+ .po.gmo:
+- file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
+- && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $<
++ @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
++ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
++ echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
++ cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
++
++.sin.sed:
++ sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
++ mv t-$@ $@
+
+
+ all: all-@USE_NLS@
+
+-all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
++all-yes: stamp-po
+ all-no:
+
+-# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot',
++# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
++# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
++# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
++# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent
++# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary
++# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for
++# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
++# changed.
++stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
++ test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
++ @echo "touch stamp-po"
++ @echo timestamp > stamp-poT
++ @mv stamp-poT stamp-po
++
++# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
+ # otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
+ # have been downloaded.
+
+-$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
+- $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
+- --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
++# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
++# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
++$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
++ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
++ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
+ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
+- && test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \
+- || ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
+- && mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot )
++ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
++ --msgid-bugs-address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'
++ test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
++ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
++ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
++ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
++ if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
++ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
++ else \
++ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
++ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
++ fi; \
++ else \
++ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
++ fi; \
++ }
++
++# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at
++# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing.
++# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update.
++$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
++ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
++
++# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed.
++# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
++$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
++ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
++ if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
++ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
++ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
++ cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \
++ else \
++ $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
++ fi
+
+
+ install: install-exec install-data
+ install-exec:
+ install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
+- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
++ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
++ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
++ done; \
++ for file in Makevars; do \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
++ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+@@ -105,41 +160,118 @@
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
++ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+- if test -r $$cat; then \
+- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
+- echo "installing $$cat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
+- else \
+- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
+- echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
+- "$(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
+- fi; \
++ if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
++ echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
++ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
++ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
++ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
++ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
++ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
++ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
++ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
++ for file in *; do \
++ if test -f $$file; then \
++ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
++ fi; \
++ done); \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
++ else \
++ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
++ :; \
++ else \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
++ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
++ fi; \
++ fi; \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
++ ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
++ ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
++ cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
++ echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
++ fi; \
++ done; \
+ done
+
+-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+-installcheck:
++install-strip: install
+
+-uninstall:
+- catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
++installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
++installdirs-exec:
++installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
++ else \
++ : ; \
++ fi
++installdirs-data-no:
++installdirs-data-yes:
++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
++ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
++ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
++ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
++ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
++ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
++ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
++ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
++ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
++ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
++ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
++ for file in *; do \
++ if test -f $$file; then \
++ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
++ fi; \
++ done); \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
++ else \
++ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
++ :; \
++ else \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
++ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
++ fi; \
++ fi; \
++ fi; \
++ done; \
+ done
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
++
++# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
++installcheck:
++
++uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
++uninstall-exec:
++uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
++ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
++ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
++uninstall-data-no:
++uninstall-data-yes:
++ catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
++ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
++ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
++ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
++ for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
++ done; \
++ done
+
+ check: all
+
+-dvi info tags TAGS ID:
++info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID:
+
+ mostlyclean:
+- rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.new.po
++ rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
++ rm -f stamp-poT
++ rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
+ rm -fr *.o
+
+ clean: mostlyclean
+@@ -150,58 +282,85 @@
+ maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+- rm -f $(GMOFILES)
++ rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES)
+
+-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
++distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+ dist distdir:
+ $(MAKE) update-po
+ @$(MAKE) dist2
+ # This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
+ dist2: $(DISTFILES)
+ dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
++ dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
++ fi; \
++ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
++ dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
++ fi; \
++ for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \
++ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \
++ dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \
++ fi; \
++ done; \
++ if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+- cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
++ if test -f $$file; then \
++ cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
++ else \
++ cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
++ fi; \
+ done
+
+ update-po: Makefile
+- $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
+- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
++ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
++ test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
++ $(MAKE) update-gmo
++
++# General rule for creating PO files.
++
++.nop.po-create:
++ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
++ echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
++ exit 1
++
++# General rule for updating PO files.
++
++.nop.po-update:
++ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
++ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
++ echo "$$lang:"; \
++ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
++ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+- catalogs='$(GMOFILES)'; \
+- for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+- cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+- echo "$$lang:"; \
+- if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \
+- mv -f $$lang.new.po $$lang.po; \
++ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
++ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
++ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+- echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
+- rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
++ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
++ :; \
++ else \
++ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
++ exit 1; \
++ fi; \
+ fi; \
+- done
+- $(MAKE) update-gmo
++ else \
++ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
++ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
++ fi
++
++$(DUMMYPOFILES):
+
+ update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
+ @:
+
+-POTFILES: POTFILES.in
+- ( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
+- posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
+- else \
+- posrcprefix="../"; \
+- fi; \
+- rm -f $@-t $@ \
+- && (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
+- -e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \
+- | sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \
+- && chmod a-w $@-t \
+- && mv $@-t $@ )
+-
+-Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
+- cd .. \
++Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
++ cd $(top_builddir) \
+ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
++force:
++
+ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+ # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+ .NOEXPORT:
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Makefile.in.in~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Makefile.in.in~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Makevars psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Makevars
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Makevars 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Makevars 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
++# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
++
++# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
++DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
++
++# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
++subdir = po
++top_builddir = ..
++
++# These options get passed to xgettext.
++XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
++
++# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
++# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
++# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
++# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
++# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
++# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
++# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
++# their copyright.
++COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++
++# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
++# bugs in the untranslated strings:
++# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines
++# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'.
++# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be
++# understood.
++# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or
++# money.
++# - Pluralisation problems.
++# - Incorrect English spelling.
++# - Incorrect formatting.
++# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators
++# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through
++# which the translators can contact you.
++MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS =
++
++# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
++# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
++EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Rules-quot psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Rules-quot
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Rules-quot 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Rules-quot 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
++# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
++
++DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
++
++.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
++
++en@quot.po-create:
++ $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update
++en@boldquot.po-create:
++ $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update
++
++en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
++en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
++
++.insert-header.po-update-en:
++ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
++ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
++ echo "$$lang:"; \
++ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
++ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
++ cd $(srcdir); \
++ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
++ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
++ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
++ else \
++ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
++ :; \
++ else \
++ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
++ exit 1; \
++ fi; \
++ fi; \
++ else \
++ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
++ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
++ fi
++
++en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
++
++en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
++
++mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
++mostlyclean-quot:
++ rm -f *.insert-header
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/Rules-quot~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/Rules-quot~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/boldquot.sed psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/boldquot.sed
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/boldquot.sed 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/boldquot.sed 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
++s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
++s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
++s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
++s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
++s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
++s/“”/""/g
++s/“/“/g
++s/”/”/g
++s/‘/‘/g
++s/’/’/g
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/boldquot.sed~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/boldquot.sed~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/en@boldquot.header psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/en@boldquot.header
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/en@boldquot.header 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/en@boldquot.header 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
++# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
++# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
++# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
++# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
++# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
++#
++# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
++# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
++# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
++# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
++#
++# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
++# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
++# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
++# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
++# transliterated to 0x22.
++# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
++# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
++# transliterated to 0x22.
++#
++# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
++# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
++#
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/en@boldquot.header~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/en@boldquot.header~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/en@quot.header psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/en@quot.header
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/en@quot.header 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/en@quot.header 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
++# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
++# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
++# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
++# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
++# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
++#
++# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
++# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
++# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
++# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
++#
++# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
++# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
++# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
++# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
++# transliterated to 0x22.
++# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
++# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
++# transliterated to 0x22.
++#
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/en@quot.header~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/en@quot.header~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/insert-header.sin psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/insert-header.sin
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/insert-header.sin 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/insert-header.sin 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
++# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
++#
++# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
++# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
++# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
++# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
++/^msgid /{
++x
++# Test if the hold space is empty.
++s/m/m/
++ta
++# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
++r HEADER
++# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
++# current line while doing this.
++g
++N
++bb
++:a
++# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
++x
++:b
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/insert-header.sin~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/insert-header.sin~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/quot.sed psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/quot.sed
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/quot.sed 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/quot.sed 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
++s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
++s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
++s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
++s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
++s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
++s/“”/""/g
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/quot.sed~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/quot.sed~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/remove-potcdate.sin psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/remove-potcdate.sin
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/remove-potcdate.sin 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/remove-potcdate.sin 2004-10-13 15:18:42.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
++# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
++# from a POT file.
++#
++# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
++# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
++/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
++x
++# Test if the hold space is empty.
++s/P/P/
++ta
++# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
++g
++d
++bb
++:a
++# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
++x
++:b
++}
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/remove-potcdate.sin~ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/remove-potcdate.sin~
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/stamp-po psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/stamp-po
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/po/stamp-po 1969-12-31 18:00:00.000000000 -0600
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/po/stamp-po 2004-10-13 15:11:01.000000000 -0500
+@@ -0,0 +1 @@
++timestamp
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/src/Makefile.am psmisc-20.2.works.clean/src/Makefile.am
+--- tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/src/Makefile.am 2001-06-15 07:17:55.000000000 -0500
++++ psmisc-20.2.works.clean/src/Makefile.am 2004-10-13 15:11:01.000000000 -0500
+@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
+
+ CFLAGS = -Wall -DLOCALEDIR=\"/usr/share/locale\"
++INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
++LDADD = @LIBINTL@
+
+ bin_PROGRAMS = fuser killall pstree
+
+diff -urNd -urNd tmp/work/psmisc-20.2-r0/psmisc-20.2/src/Makefile.in psmisc-20.2.works.clean/src/Makefile.in
diff --git a/packages/psmisc/psmisc_20.2.bb b/packages/psmisc/psmisc_20.2.bb
index e69de29bb2..2f36f83dc4 100644
--- a/packages/psmisc/psmisc_20.2.bb
+++ b/packages/psmisc/psmisc_20.2.bb
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+LICENSE = GPL
+DESCRIPTION = "procfs tools"
+SECTION = "base"
+PRIORITY = "required"
+MAINTAINER = "Greg Gilbert <greg@treke.net>"
+DEPENDS = "ncurses"
+PR = "r2"
+
+SRC_URI = "${SOURCEFORGE_MIRROR}/psmisc/psmisc-${PV}.tar.gz \
+ file://gettext.patch;patch=1"
+S = "${WORKDIR}/psmisc-${PV}"
+
+inherit autotools gettext
+
+ALLOW_EMPTY = "1"
+
+PACKAGES = "${PN} fuser fuser-doc \
+ killall killall-doc \
+ pstree pstree-doc"
+
+FILES_${PN} = ""
+RDEPENDS_${PN} = "fuser killall pstree"
+
+FILES_fuser = "${bindir}/fuser"
+FILES_fuser-doc = "${mandir}/man1/fuser*"
+
+FILES_killall = "${bindir}/killall"
+FILES_killall-doc = "${mandir}/man1/killall*"
+
+FILES_pstree = "${bindir}/pstree"
+FILES_pstree-doc = "${mandir}/man1/pstree*"
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2024-11-25 14:59:06 +0000